Regen README docs after formatting updates
This commit is contained in:
Bill Kendrick
parent
6e98230a33
commit
8f9b6f52a9
11 changed files with 10320 additions and 10260 deletions
|
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Various contributors (see below, and AUTHORS.txt)
|
|||
http://www.tuxpaint.org/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2022.February.23 (0.9.28)
|
||||
2022.February.24 (0.9.28)
|
||||
* Improvements to "Paint" and "Lines" tools:
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Brush spacing may now be altered within Tux Paint.
|
||||
|
|
@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ http://www.tuxpaint.org/
|
|||
(No longer scaling and tinting every time you click.)
|
||||
Closes https://sourceforge.net/p/tuxpaint/bugs/147/
|
||||
(h/t Andre Anckaert)
|
||||
Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* Improvements to "Eraser" tool:
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,9 +80,11 @@ http://www.tuxpaint.org/
|
|||
* Bugfix: Onscreen keyboard repositions itself to the top if you
|
||||
use [Enter] to move the cursor down, and it begins overlapping
|
||||
the keyboard.
|
||||
Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* Bugfix: Positioning and rendering of labels selected for editing
|
||||
via [Tab] cycling & the [Enter] key now works as expected.
|
||||
Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* More instructional text is shown (and sound effects play) when
|
||||
using the Label tool.
|
||||
|
|
@ -139,6 +142,7 @@ http://www.tuxpaint.org/
|
|||
|
||||
* Updated the Chinese (Traditional) subset font file that ships
|
||||
with Tux Paint, based on the current translation strings.
|
||||
Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* Tux Paint for macOS can now localize the macOS menubar.
|
||||
Mark Kim <markuskimius@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,8 +190,8 @@ http://www.tuxpaint.org/
|
|||
|
||||
* Standard output and standard error are now redirected to the
|
||||
files in User's save directory for example:
|
||||
|
||||
C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint
|
||||
"C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\TuxPaint"
|
||||
TOYAMA Shin-ichi <shin1@wmail.plala.or.jp>
|
||||
|
||||
* macOS
|
||||
Mark Kim <markuskimius@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,10 +221,15 @@ http://www.tuxpaint.org/
|
|||
|
||||
* Documentation updates:
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
* Added some styling, call-outs for notes, and improved printing
|
||||
output in README docs.
|
||||
Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* macOS Apple Silicon and Universal Binary build instructions
|
||||
Mark Kim <markuskimius@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* Compressed PNG images in documentation.
|
||||
Bill Kendrick <bill@newbreedsoftware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2021.November.25 (0.9.27)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
1102
docs/en/README.txt
1102
docs/en/README.txt
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -5,6 +5,46 @@
|
|||
Tux Paint Documentation ("README") </title>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
|
||||
content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
|
||||
<style>
|
||||
body { font-size: large; }
|
||||
table { font-size: large; }
|
||||
div.screenshot { text-align: center; }
|
||||
div.keeptogether { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h1, h2, h3, h4 { font-family: sans; }
|
||||
h1 { color: #800; page-break-before: always; break-before: always; }
|
||||
h2 { color: #440; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 { color: #080; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 { color: #008; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h1 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h2 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
dt {
|
||||
font-size: large;
|
||||
color: #404;
|
||||
font-family: sans;
|
||||
margin-top: 1em;
|
||||
margin-bottom: 0.25em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dd, blockquote {
|
||||
border-left: 1px solid #888;
|
||||
padding-left: 1em;
|
||||
border-radius: 0 0 0 1em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p.note {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #000;
|
||||
background-color: #eee;
|
||||
border-radius: 0.5em;
|
||||
padding: 0.5em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@media print {
|
||||
p {
|
||||
orphans: 3;
|
||||
widows: 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
text="#000000"
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,7 +52,7 @@
|
|||
vlink="#FF0000"
|
||||
alink="#FF00FF">
|
||||
<center>
|
||||
<h1>
|
||||
<h1 style="page-break-before: avoid;">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.png"
|
||||
width="205"
|
||||
height="210"
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,16 +69,14 @@
|
|||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
February 23, 2022 </p>
|
||||
February 24, 2022 </p>
|
||||
</center>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<table border="2"
|
||||
cellspacing="0"
|
||||
cellpadding="2"
|
||||
summary="Table of Contents">
|
||||
summary="Table of Contents"
|
||||
align="center">
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>
|
||||
Table of Contents </th>
|
||||
|
|
@ -109,7 +147,6 @@
|
|||
id="about">About Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
What Is "Tux Paint"? </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +156,7 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
License: </h2>
|
||||
License </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,40 +167,45 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Objectives: </h2>
|
||||
Objectives </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Easy and Fun</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint is meant to be a simple drawing program for young children. It is not meant as a general-purpose drawing tool. It <em>is</em> meant to be fun and easy to use. Sound effects and a cartoon character help let the user know what's going on, and keeps them entertained. There are also extra-large cartoon-style mouse pointer shapes. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Extensibility</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint is extensible. Brushes and 'rubber stamp' shapes can be dropped in and pulled out. For example, a teacher can drop in a collection of animal shapes and ask their students to draw an ecosystem. Each shape can have a sound which is played, and textual facts which are displayed, when the child selects the shape. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Portability</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint is portable among various computer platforms: Windows, Macintosh, Linux, etc. The interface looks the same among them all. Tux Paint runs suitably well on older systems, and can be built to run better on slow systems. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Simplicity</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
There is no direct access to the computer's underlying intricacies. The current image is kept when the program quits, and reappears when it is restarted. Saving images requires no need to create filenames or use the keyboard. Opening an image is done by selecting it from a collection of thumbnails. Access to other files on the computer is restricted. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,13 +215,11 @@
|
|||
id="using">Using Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a name="using_loading"
|
||||
id="using_loading">Launching Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
Linux/Unix Users </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,12 +227,14 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint should have placed a laucher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME menus, under 'Graphics.' </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt (e.g., "<code>$</code>"): </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<code>$ tuxpaint</code>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to <code>STDERR</code>). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +275,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be wherever you extracted the contents of the ZIP file. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,7 +287,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Simply double-click the "<code>Tux Paint</code>" icon. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,20 +296,18 @@
|
|||
id="using_title">Title Screen</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Title screen]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint window to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will go away automatically.) </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,8 +317,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_main">Main Screen</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
The main screen is divided into the following sections: <dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The main screen is divided into the following sections: </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Left Side: Toolbar</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,15 +331,17 @@
|
|||
The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. </p>
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Update screenshot to add "Fill" tool -->
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tools.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, Eraser, New, Open, Save, Print, Quit]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Middle: Drawing Canvas</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,17 +350,18 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing canvas. This is, obviously, where you draw! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/canvas.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Canvas]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> configuration tool, or by other means. See the <a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a> documentation for more details. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> configuration tool, or by other means. See the <a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a> documentation for more details. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Right Side: Selector</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,15 +370,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. e.g., when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different shapes you can use. When the Text or Label tool is selected, it shows various fonts. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/selector.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Lower: Colors</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -343,13 +388,13 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
A palette of available colors are shown near the bottom of the screen. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/colors.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, Purple, Brown, Grey]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p id="special_color_options">
|
||||
On the far right are three special color options: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,10 +406,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used to access the "color picker" option more quickly. Hold the <b><code>[Control]</code></b> key while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the"Back" button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button the color palette.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note:</strong> You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Bottom: Help Area</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,16 +420,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
At the very bottom of the screen, <em>Tux</em>, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and other information while you use Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tips.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"(Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let go when it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to draw it.')">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,13 +439,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools">Available Tools</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
<a name="using_tools_drawing"
|
||||
id="using_tools_drawing">Drawing Tools</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>"Paint" Tool (Brush)</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -427,14 +472,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_paint.png"
|
||||
width="120"
|
||||
height="95"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Brush Spacing</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,15 +486,15 @@
|
|||
The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. </p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. </p>
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,12 +516,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the mouse, showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will be. Click to place the stamp. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_stamps.png"
|
||||
width="182"
|
||||
height="156"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_categories.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
|
|
@ -498,13 +542,13 @@
|
|||
<li>Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom right. </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_controls.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="96"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tool_sfx.png"
|
||||
width="48"
|
||||
height="24"
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,8 +557,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or descriptive (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the lower left (near <em>Tux</em>, the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play the sound effects and descriptive sounds for the currently-selected stamp. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,14 +587,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing may be adjusted. See "Paint", above, to learn more. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_lines.png"
|
||||
width="76"
|
||||
height="103"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -580,18 +623,22 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be centered around that position. (This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be centered around that position. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Shapes from corner</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing software. (This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing software. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "<code>noshapecontrols</code>" option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" method will be used. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "<code>noshapecontrols</code>" option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" method will be used. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out from where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., rectangle and oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), others cannot (e.g., square and circle). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -620,16 +667,17 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
If simple shapes are enabled (e.g., with the "<code>simpleshapes</code>" option), the shape will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation step.) </dd>
|
||||
If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation step.) <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" ("<code>simpleshapes</code>") option. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_shapes.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="104"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -656,12 +704,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still active causes the current line of text to move to that location (where you can continue editing it). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_text.png"
|
||||
width="139"
|
||||
height="69"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -681,8 +729,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the picture as if it had been added using the <strong>Text</strong> tool, by clicking the label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the canvas. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The <strong>Label</strong> tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' Tool" in <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> or running <em>Tux Paint</em> with the "<code>nolabel</code>" option). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> The <strong>Label</strong> tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' Tool" in <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> or running <em>Tux Paint</em> with the "<code>nolabel</code>" option). </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -697,7 +745,7 @@
|
|||
When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that provide alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through normal (Latin character) and locale-specific mode or modes. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. <strong>Note:</strong> Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're trying to type. </p>
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — right <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> key </li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,6 +756,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<li>Thai — right <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> key </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're trying to type. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -716,7 +768,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" and "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extending Tux Paint</em></a>" documentation for more information. </p>
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" and "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extending Tux Paint</em></a>" documentation for more information. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -744,8 +798,8 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, this was a Magic tool (see below). Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, this tool only offered the 'Solid' method of filling. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method of filling. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -765,7 +819,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' button will be available on the left, below the list of Magic tools on the right side of the screen. If the tool can affect the entire picture at once, an 'entire picture' button will be available on the right. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the <a href="../magic-docs/html/index.html">instructions for each Magic tool</a> (in the 'magic-docs' folder). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -794,10 +847,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -807,7 +858,6 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools_other">Other Controls</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>"Undo" Command</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,9 +872,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Clicking this tool will undo the last drawing action. You can even undo more than once! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> on the keyboard to Undo. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> on the keyboard to Undo. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -845,9 +894,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you had undone! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> on the keyboard to Redo. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> on the keyboard to Redo. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -865,8 +913,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> on the keyboard to start a new drawing. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> on the keyboard to start a new drawing. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Special Solid Background Color Choices</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -888,7 +936,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then click 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't overwrite the original, so you can use it again later (by accessing it from the 'New' dialog). </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -905,14 +952,13 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there are more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at the top and bottom of the list to scroll through the list of pictures. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/open_dialog.jpg"
|
||||
width="194"
|
||||
height="152"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click a picture to select it, and then... </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -930,7 +976,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load it.) </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,9 +987,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right of the list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked to confirm.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +999,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the image to your export folder. (e.g., "<code>~/Pictures/TuxPaint/</code>") </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,7 +1009,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower left to go to slideshow mode. See "<a href="#slides">Slides</a>", below, for details. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -977,7 +1019,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the list to cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -985,9 +1026,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't been saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save it or not. (See "<a href="#save">Save</a>," below.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> on the keyboard to bring up the 'Open' dialog. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> on the keyboard to bring up the 'Open' dialog. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,25 +1049,24 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the list of saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you <em>have</em> saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just loaded using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry (a new file). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/saveover.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="110"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> If either the "<code>saveover</code>" or "<code>saveovernew</code>" options are set, it won't ask before saving over. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If either the "<code>saveover</code>" or "<code>saveovernew</code>" options are set, it won't ask before saving over. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> on the keyboard to save. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> on the keyboard to save. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1057,8 +1096,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
The "<code>noprint</code>" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's 'Print' button. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1072,8 +1111,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
For example, with "<code>printdelay=60</code>" in Tux Paint's configuration file, printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1105,8 +1144,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
This command can be changed by setting a "<code>altprintcommand</code>" option in Tux Paint's configuration file. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1130,8 +1169,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If the "<code>printcfg</code>" option is used, printer settings will be loaded from the file "<code>printcfg.cfg</code>" in your personal folder (see below). Any changes will be saved there as well. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1145,11 +1184,10 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer dialog always appear by using "<code>--altprintalways</code>" on the command-line, or "<code>altprint=always</code>" in Tux Paint's configuration file. Conversely, you can prevent the <b><code>[Alt]</code></b>/<b><code>[Option]</code></b> key from having any effect by using "<code>--altprintnever</code>", or "<code>altprint=never</code>". </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1192,16 +1230,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the 'Play' button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow or animated GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost setting to disable automatic advancement during playback within Tux Paint — you will need to press a key or click to go to the next slide (see below). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1210,7 +1248,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. (Note: If you hadn't selected ANY images, then ALL of your saved images will be played in the slideshow!) </p>
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If you hadn't selected any images, then <em>all</em> of your saved images will be played in the slideshow! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
During the slideshow, press <b><code>[Space]</code></b>, <b><code>[Enter]</code></b> or <b><code>[Return]</code></b>, or the <b><code>[Right arrow]</code></b> — or click the 'Next' button at the lower left — to manually advance to the next slide. Press <b><code>[Left arrow]</code></b> to go back to the previous slide. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1233,18 +1274,16 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux Paint generate an animated GIF file based on the selected images. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> At least two images must be selected. (To export a single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will NOT attempt to generate a GIF based on all saved images. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> At least two images must be selected. (To export a single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will <em>not</em> attempt to generate a GIF based on all saved images. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Pressing <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> during the export process will abort the process, and return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to the 'Open' dialog. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1268,11 +1307,11 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, you will first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new image, you will then be asked if you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry. (See "<a href="#save">Save</a>" above.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "<code>startblank</code>" option is set. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "<code>startblank</code>" option is set. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> key, may be disabled, via the "<code>noquit</code>" option. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> key, may be disabled, via the "<code>noquit</code>" option. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar (if not in fullscreen mode) or the <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[F4]</code></b> key sequence may be used to quit. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,9 +1319,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of <b><code>[Shift]</code></b> + <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> may be used to quit. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1297,11 +1335,11 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "<code>nosound</code>" option, the <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[S]</code></b> key combination has no effect. (i.e., it cannot be used to turn on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them disabled.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1311,7 +1349,6 @@
|
|||
id="loading_into">Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux Paint. So what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or even a photograph into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1348,8 +1385,8 @@
|
|||
Inside a hidden "<code>.tuxpaint</code>" directory, in the user's home directory ("<code>$HOME</code>"), e.g. "<code>/home/<em>username</em>/.tuxpaint/saved/</code>". </dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in Tux Paint using <em>other</em> applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to access. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in Tux Paint using <em>other</em> applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to access. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Using the import script, "<code>tuxpaint-import</code>" </h2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1365,7 +1402,9 @@
|
|||
To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and provide it the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "<code>saved</code>" directory. (Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll need to make sure to run the command under <em>their</em> account.) </p>
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "<code>saved</code>" directory. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll need to make sure to run the command under <em>their</em> account.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Example: </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1430,7 +1469,6 @@
|
|||
This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new "<code>buttonsize</code>" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image within Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it came out to, and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're importing into Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1440,7 +1478,6 @@
|
|||
id="further">Further Reading</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "<code>docs</code>" folder/directory) includes: <ul>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
Using Tux Paint: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1498,7 +1535,6 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1508,7 +1544,6 @@
|
|||
id="help">How to Get Help</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint developers and other users. </p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1519,7 +1554,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint website: <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/contact/">https://tuxpaint.org/contact/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1529,7 +1563,6 @@
|
|||
id="participate">How to Participate</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your help in a variety of ways. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1544,6 +1577,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint website: <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/help/">https://tuxpaint.org/help/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">###</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -5,6 +5,46 @@
|
|||
Tux Paint Documentation ("README") </title>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
|
||||
content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
|
||||
<style>
|
||||
body { font-size: large; }
|
||||
table { font-size: large; }
|
||||
div.screenshot { text-align: center; }
|
||||
div.keeptogether { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h1, h2, h3, h4 { font-family: sans; }
|
||||
h1 { color: #800; page-break-before: always; break-before: always; }
|
||||
h2 { color: #440; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 { color: #080; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 { color: #008; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h1 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h2 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
dt {
|
||||
font-size: large;
|
||||
color: #404;
|
||||
font-family: sans;
|
||||
margin-top: 1em;
|
||||
margin-bottom: 0.25em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dd, blockquote {
|
||||
border-left: 1px solid #888;
|
||||
padding-left: 1em;
|
||||
border-radius: 0 0 0 1em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p.note {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #000;
|
||||
background-color: #eee;
|
||||
border-radius: 0.5em;
|
||||
padding: 0.5em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@media print {
|
||||
p {
|
||||
orphans: 3;
|
||||
widows: 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
text="#000000"
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,7 +52,7 @@
|
|||
vlink="#FF0000"
|
||||
alink="#FF00FF">
|
||||
<center>
|
||||
<h1>
|
||||
<h1 style="page-break-before: avoid;">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.png"
|
||||
width="205"
|
||||
height="210"
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,16 +69,14 @@
|
|||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
febrero 23, 2022 </p>
|
||||
febrero 24, 2022 </p>
|
||||
</center>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<table border="2"
|
||||
cellspacing="0"
|
||||
cellpadding="2"
|
||||
summary="Table of Contents">
|
||||
summary="Table of Contents"
|
||||
align="center">
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>
|
||||
Table of Contents </th>
|
||||
|
|
@ -109,7 +147,6 @@
|
|||
id="about">About Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
What Is "Tux Paint"? </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +156,7 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
License: </h2>
|
||||
License </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,40 +167,45 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Objectives: </h2>
|
||||
Objectives </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Easy and Fun</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint is meant to be a simple drawing program for young children. It is not meant as a general-purpose drawing tool. It <em>is</em> meant to be fun and easy to use. Sound effects and a cartoon character help let the user know what's going on, and keeps them entertained. There are also extra-large cartoon-style mouse pointer shapes. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Extensibility</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint is extensible. Brushes and 'rubber stamp' shapes can be dropped in and pulled out. For example, a teacher can drop in a collection of animal shapes and ask their students to draw an ecosystem. Each shape can have a sound which is played, and textual facts which are displayed, when the child selects the shape. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Portability</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint is portable among various computer platforms: Windows, Macintosh, Linux, etc. The interface looks the same among them all. Tux Paint runs suitably well on older systems, and can be built to run better on slow systems. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Simplicity</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
There is no direct access to the computer's underlying intricacies. The current image is kept when the program quits, and reappears when it is restarted. Saving images requires no need to create filenames or use the keyboard. Opening an image is done by selecting it from a collection of thumbnails. Access to other files on the computer is restricted. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,13 +215,11 @@
|
|||
id="using">Using Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a name="using_loading"
|
||||
id="using_loading">Launching Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
Linux/Unix Users </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,12 +227,14 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint should have placed a laucher icon in your KDE and/or GNOME menus, under 'Graphics.' </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Alternatively, you can run the following command at a shell prompt (e.g., "<code>$</code>"): </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<code>$ tuxpaint</code>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If any errors occur, they will be displayed on the terminal (to <code>STDERR</code>). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +275,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you used the 'ZIP-file' download, Tux Paint's folder will be wherever you extracted the contents of the ZIP file. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,7 +287,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Simply double-click the "<code>Tux Paint</code>" icon. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,20 +296,18 @@
|
|||
id="using_title">Title Screen</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
When Tux Paint first loads, a title/credits screen will appear. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Title screen]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Once loading is complete, press a key or click or tap in the Tux Paint window to continue. (Or, after about 5 seconds, the title screen will go away automatically.) </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,8 +317,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_main">Main Screen</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
The main screen is divided into the following sections: <dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The main screen is divided into the following sections: </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Left Side: Toolbar</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,15 +331,17 @@
|
|||
The toolbar contains the drawing and editing controls. </p>
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Update screenshot to add "Fill" tool -->
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tools.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Tools: Paint, Stamp, Lines, Shapes, Text, Magic, Label, Undo, Redo, Eraser, New, Open, Save, Print, Quit]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Middle: Drawing Canvas</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,17 +350,18 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
The largest part of the screen, in the center, is the drawing canvas. This is, obviously, where you draw! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/canvas.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Canvas]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> configuration tool, or by other means. See the <a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a> documentation for more details. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> The size of the drawing canvas depends on the size of Tux Paint. You can change the size of Tux Paint using the <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> configuration tool, or by other means. See the <a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a> documentation for more details. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Right Side: Selector</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,15 +370,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Depending on the current tool, the selector shows different things. e.g., when the Paint Brush or Line tool is selected, it shows the various brushes available. When the Rubber Stamp tool is selected, it shows the different shapes you can use. When the Text or Label tool is selected, it shows various fonts. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/selector.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Selectors - Brushes, Letters, Shapes, Stamps]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Lower: Colors</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -343,13 +388,13 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
A palette of available colors are shown near the bottom of the screen. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/colors.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Colors - Black, White, Red, Pink, Orange, Yellow, Green, Cyan, Blue, Purple, Brown, Grey]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p id="special_color_options">
|
||||
On the far right are three special color options: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,10 +406,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used to access the "color picker" option more quickly. Hold the <b><code>[Control]</code></b> key while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the"Back" button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button the color palette.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note:</strong> You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Bottom: Help Area</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,16 +420,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
At the very bottom of the screen, <em>Tux</em>, the Linux Penguin, provides tips and other information while you use Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tips.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"(Example tip: 'Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let go when it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to draw it.')">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,13 +439,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools">Available Tools</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
<a name="using_tools_drawing"
|
||||
id="using_tools_drawing">Drawing Tools</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>"Paint" Tool (Brush)</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -427,14 +472,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
As you draw, a sound is played. The bigger the brush, the lower the pitch. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_paint.png"
|
||||
width="120"
|
||||
height="95"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Brush Spacing</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,15 +486,15 @@
|
|||
The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. </p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. </p>
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,12 +516,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
As you move the mouse around the canvas, an outline follows the mouse, showing where the stamp will be placed, and how big it will be. Click to place the stamp. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_stamps.png"
|
||||
width="182"
|
||||
height="156"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_categories.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
|
|
@ -498,13 +542,13 @@
|
|||
<li>Many stamps may be flipped vertically, or displayed as a mirror-image, using the control buttons at the bottom right. </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_controls.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="96"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tool_sfx.png"
|
||||
width="48"
|
||||
height="24"
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,8 +557,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Different stamps can have different sound effects and/or descriptive (spoken) sounds. Buttons in the Help Area at the lower left (near <em>Tux</em>, the Linux penguin) allow you to re-play the sound effects and descriptive sounds for the currently-selected stamp. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,14 +587,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing may be adjusted. See "Paint", above, to learn more. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_lines.png"
|
||||
width="76"
|
||||
height="103"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -580,18 +623,22 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be centered around that position. (This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be centered around that position. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Shapes from corner</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing software. (This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing software. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "<code>noshapecontrols</code>" option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" method will be used. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If shape controls are disabled (e.g., with the "<code>noshapecontrols</code>" option), the controls will not be presented, and the "shapes from center" method will be used. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
In the canvas, click the mouse and hold it to stretch the shape out from where you clicked. Some shapes can change proportion (e.g., rectangle and oval may be wider than tall, or taller than wide), others cannot (e.g., square and circle). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -620,16 +667,17 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
If simple shapes are enabled (e.g., with the "<code>simpleshapes</code>" option), the shape will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation step.) </dd>
|
||||
If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation step.) <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" ("<code>simpleshapes</code>") option. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_shapes.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="104"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -656,12 +704,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Clicking elsewhere in the picture while the text entry is still active causes the current line of text to move to that location (where you can continue editing it). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_text.png"
|
||||
width="139"
|
||||
height="69"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -681,8 +729,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the picture as if it had been added using the <strong>Text</strong> tool, by clicking the label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the canvas. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The <strong>Label</strong> tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' Tool" in <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> or running <em>Tux Paint</em> with the "<code>nolabel</code>" option). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> The <strong>Label</strong> tool can be disabled (e.g., by selecting "Disable 'Label' Tool" in <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> or running <em>Tux Paint</em> with the "<code>nolabel</code>" option). </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -697,7 +745,7 @@
|
|||
When Tux Paint's locale is set to one of the languages that provide alternate input modes, a key is used to cycle through normal (Latin character) and locale-specific mode or modes. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. <strong>Note:</strong> Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're trying to type. </p>
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Japanese — Romanized Hiragana and Romanized Katakana — right <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> key </li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,6 +756,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<li>Thai — right <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> key </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're trying to type. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -716,7 +768,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" and "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extending Tux Paint</em></a>" documentation for more information. </p>
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" and "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extending Tux Paint</em></a>" documentation for more information. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -744,8 +798,8 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, this was a Magic tool (see below). Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, this tool only offered the 'Solid' method of filling. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method of filling. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -765,7 +819,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If the tool can be used by clicking and dragging, a 'painting' button will be available on the left, below the list of Magic tools on the right side of the screen. If the tool can affect the entire picture at once, an 'entire picture' button will be available on the right. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the <a href="../magic-docs/html/index.html">instructions for each Magic tool</a> (in the 'magic-docs' folder). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -794,10 +847,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
As you erase, a 'squeaky clean' eraser wiping sound is played. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -807,7 +858,6 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools_other">Other Controls</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>"Undo" Command</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,9 +872,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Clicking this tool will undo the last drawing action. You can even undo more than once! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> on the keyboard to Undo. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> on the keyboard to Undo. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -845,9 +894,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
As long as you don't draw again, you can redo as many times as you had undone! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> on the keyboard to Redo. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> on the keyboard to Redo. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -865,8 +913,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Clicking the 'New' button will start a new drawing. A dialog will appear where you may choose to start a new picture using a solid background color, or using a 'Starter' or 'Template' image (see below). You will first be asked whether you really want to do this. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> on the keyboard to start a new drawing. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> on the keyboard to start a new drawing. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Special Solid Background Color Choices</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -888,7 +936,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
When you load a 'Starter' or 'Template', draw on it, and then click 'Save,' it creates a new picture file — it doesn't overwrite the original, so you can use it again later (by accessing it from the 'New' dialog). </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -905,14 +952,13 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
This shows you a list of all of the pictures you've saved. If there are more than can fit on the screen, use the up and down arrows at the top and bottom of the list to scroll through the list of pictures. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/open_dialog.jpg"
|
||||
width="194"
|
||||
height="152"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click a picture to select it, and then... </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -930,7 +976,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(Alternatively, you can double-click a picture's icon to load it.) </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,9 +987,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Click the brown 'Erase' (trash can) button at the lower right of the list to erase the selected picture. (You will be asked to confirm.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +999,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click the 'Export' button near the lower right to export the image to your export folder. (e.g., "<code>~/Pictures/TuxPaint/</code>") </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,7 +1009,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click the blue 'Slides' (slide projector) button at the lower left to go to slideshow mode. See "<a href="#slides">Slides</a>", below, for details. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -977,7 +1019,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click the red 'Back' arrow button at the lower right of the list to cancel and return to the picture you were drawing. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -985,9 +1026,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If choose to open a picture, and your current drawing hasn't been saved, you will be prompted as to whether you want to save it or not. (See "<a href="#save">Save</a>," below.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> on the keyboard to bring up the 'Open' dialog. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> on the keyboard to bring up the 'Open' dialog. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,25 +1049,24 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If you haven't saved it before, it will create a new entry in the list of saved images. (i.e., it will create a new file) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> It won't ask you anything (e.g., for a filename). It will simply save the picture, and play a "camera shutter" sound effect. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you <em>have</em> saved the picture before, or this is a picture you just loaded using the "Open" command, you will first be asked whether you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry (a new file). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/saveover.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="110"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> If either the "<code>saveover</code>" or "<code>saveovernew</code>" options are set, it won't ask before saving over. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If either the "<code>saveover</code>" or "<code>saveovernew</code>" options are set, it won't ask before saving over. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> on the keyboard to save. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can also press <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> on the keyboard to save. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1057,8 +1096,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
The "<code>noprint</code>" option can be set, which will disable Tux Paint's 'Print' button. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1072,8 +1111,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
For example, with "<code>printdelay=60</code>" in Tux Paint's configuration file, printing can only occur once per minute (60 seconds). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1105,8 +1144,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
This command can be changed by setting a "<code>altprintcommand</code>" option in Tux Paint's configuration file. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1130,8 +1169,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If the "<code>printcfg</code>" option is used, printer settings will be loaded from the file "<code>printcfg.cfg</code>" in your personal folder (see below). Any changes will be saved there as well. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1145,11 +1184,10 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
However, this behavior can be changed. You can have the printer dialog always appear by using "<code>--altprintalways</code>" on the command-line, or "<code>altprint=always</code>" in Tux Paint's configuration file. Conversely, you can prevent the <b><code>[Alt]</code></b>/<b><code>[Option]</code></b> key from having any effect by using "<code>--altprintnever</code>", or "<code>altprint=never</code>". </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1192,16 +1230,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
A sliding scale at the lower left of the screen (next to the 'Play' button) can be used to adjust the speed of the slideshow or animated GIF, from slowest to fastest. Choose the leftmost setting to disable automatic advancement during playback within Tux Paint — you will need to press a key or click to go to the next slide (see below). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> The slowest setting does not automatically advance through the slides. Use it for when you want to step through them manually. (This does not apply to an exported animated GIF.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1210,7 +1248,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. (Note: If you hadn't selected ANY images, then ALL of your saved images will be played in the slideshow!) </p>
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If you hadn't selected any images, then <em>all</em> of your saved images will be played in the slideshow! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
During the slideshow, press <b><code>[Space]</code></b>, <b><code>[Enter]</code></b> or <b><code>[Return]</code></b>, or the <b><code>[Right arrow]</code></b> — or click the 'Next' button at the lower left — to manually advance to the next slide. Press <b><code>[Left arrow]</code></b> to go back to the previous slide. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1233,18 +1274,16 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
Click the 'GIF Export' button near the lower right to have Tux Paint generate an animated GIF file based on the selected images. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> At least two images must be selected. (To export a single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will NOT attempt to generate a GIF based on all saved images. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> At least two images must be selected. (To export a single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will <em>not</em> attempt to generate a GIF based on all saved images. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Pressing <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> during the export process will abort the process, and return you to the 'Slideshow' dialog. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Click 'Back' in the slideshow image selection screen to return to the 'Open' dialog. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1268,11 +1307,11 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If you choose to quit, and you haven't saved the current picture, you will first be asked if wish to save it. If it's not a new image, you will then be asked if you want to save over the old version, or create a new entry. (See "<a href="#save">Save</a>" above.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "<code>startblank</code>" option is set. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If the image is saved, it will be reloaded automatically the next time you run Tux Paint -- unless the "<code>startblank</code>" option is set. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> key, may be disabled, via the "<code>noquit</code>" option. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> The 'Quit' button within Tux Paint, and quitting via the <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> key, may be disabled, via the "<code>noquit</code>" option. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
In that case, the "window close" button on Tux Paint's title bar (if not in fullscreen mode) or the <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[F4]</code></b> key sequence may be used to quit. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,9 +1319,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
If neither of those are possible, the key sequence of <b><code>[Shift]</code></b> + <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> may be used to quit. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1297,11 +1335,11 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Note that if sounds are completely disabled via the "<code>nosound</code>" option, the <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[S]</code></b> key combination has no effect. (i.e., it cannot be used to turn on sounds when the parent/teacher wants them disabled.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1311,7 +1349,6 @@
|
|||
id="loading_into">Loading Other Pictures into Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog only displays pictures you created with Tux Paint. So what do you do if you want to load some other drawinng or even a photograph into Tux Paint, so you can edit or draw on it? </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1348,8 +1385,8 @@
|
|||
Inside a hidden "<code>.tuxpaint</code>" directory, in the user's home directory ("<code>$HOME</code>"), e.g. "<code>/home/<em>username</em>/.tuxpaint/saved/</code>". </dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in Tux Paint using <em>other</em> applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to access. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> It is also from this folder that you can copy or open pictures drawn in Tux Paint using <em>other</em> applications, though the 'Export' option from Tux Paint's 'Open' dialog can be used to copy them to a location that's easier and safer to access. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Using the import script, "<code>tuxpaint-import</code>" </h2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1365,7 +1402,9 @@
|
|||
To use this script, simply run it from a command-line prompt, and provide it the name(s) of the file(s) you wish to convert. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "<code>saved</code>" directory. (Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll need to make sure to run the command under <em>their</em> account.) </p>
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "<code>saved</code>" directory. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll need to make sure to run the command under <em>their</em> account.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Example: </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1430,7 +1469,6 @@
|
|||
This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new "<code>buttonsize</code>" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image within Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it came out to, and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're importing into Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1440,7 +1478,6 @@
|
|||
id="further">Further Reading</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
Other documentation included with Tux Paint (found in the "<code>docs</code>" folder/directory) includes: <ul>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
Using Tux Paint: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1498,7 +1535,6 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1508,7 +1544,6 @@
|
|||
id="help">How to Get Help</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
If you need help, there are numerous ways to interact with Tux Paint developers and other users. </p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1519,7 +1554,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
To learn more, visit the "Contact" page of the official Tux Paint website: <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/contact/">https://tuxpaint.org/contact/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1529,7 +1563,6 @@
|
|||
id="participate">How to Participate</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint is a volunteer-driven project, and we're happy to accept your help in a variety of ways. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1544,6 +1577,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
To learn more, visit the "Help Us" page of the official Tux Paint website: <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/help/">https://tuxpaint.org/help/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">###</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -5,6 +5,46 @@
|
|||
Documentation sur Tux Paint ("README") </title>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
|
||||
content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
|
||||
<style>
|
||||
body { font-size: large; }
|
||||
table { font-size: large; }
|
||||
div.screenshot { text-align: center; }
|
||||
div.keeptogether { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h1, h2, h3, h4 { font-family: sans; }
|
||||
h1 { color: #800; page-break-before: always; break-before: always; }
|
||||
h2 { color: #440; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 { color: #080; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 { color: #008; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h1 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h2 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
dt {
|
||||
font-size: large;
|
||||
color: #404;
|
||||
font-family: sans;
|
||||
margin-top: 1em;
|
||||
margin-bottom: 0.25em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dd, blockquote {
|
||||
border-left: 1px solid #888;
|
||||
padding-left: 1em;
|
||||
border-radius: 0 0 0 1em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p.note {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #000;
|
||||
background-color: #eee;
|
||||
border-radius: 0.5em;
|
||||
padding: 0.5em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@media print {
|
||||
p {
|
||||
orphans: 3;
|
||||
widows: 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
text="#000000"
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,7 +52,7 @@
|
|||
vlink="#FF0000"
|
||||
alink="#FF00FF">
|
||||
<center>
|
||||
<h1>
|
||||
<h1 style="page-break-before: avoid;">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.png"
|
||||
width="205"
|
||||
height="210"
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,16 +69,14 @@
|
|||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
février 23, 2022 </p>
|
||||
février 24, 2022 </p>
|
||||
</center>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<table border="2"
|
||||
cellspacing="0"
|
||||
cellpadding="2"
|
||||
summary="Table des matières">
|
||||
summary="Table des matières"
|
||||
align="center">
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>
|
||||
Table des matières </th>
|
||||
|
|
@ -109,7 +147,6 @@
|
|||
id="about">À propos de Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Qu'est-ce que "Tux Paint" ? </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +156,7 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Licence : </h2>
|
||||
Licence </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,40 +167,45 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Objectifs : </h2>
|
||||
Objectives </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Facile et amusant</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint se veut un simple programme de dessin pour les jeunes enfants. Il ne s'agit pas d'un programme de dessin à usage général. Il se veut amusant et facile à utiliser. Les effets sonores et un personnage de dessin animé permettent à l'utilisateur de savoir ce qui se passe tout en le divertissant. Il existe également des pointeurs de souris, de style dessin animé, extra-larges. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Flexibilité</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint est extensible. Les brosses et les formes de "tampon en caoutchouc" peuvent être déposées et retirées. Par exemple, un enseignant peut apporter une collection de formes animales et demander à ses élèves de dessiner un écosystème. Chaque forme peut avoir un son qui l'accompagne et un texte est affiché lorsque l'enfant sélectionne la forme. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Portabilité</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint est portable sur diverses plates-formes informatiques: Windows, Macintosh, Linux, etc. L'interface est la même sur toutes. Tux Paint fonctionne correctement sur les systèmes plus anciens (comme un Pentium 133), et peut être modifié pour mieux fonctionner sur des systèmes lents. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Simplicité</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Il n'y a pas d'accès direct à la complexité sous-jacente de l'ordinateur. L'image en cours est conservée lorsque le programme se ferme et réapparaît au redémarrage. L'enregistrement d'images ne nécessite pas la création de noms de fichiers ou l'utilisation du clavier. L'ouverture d'une image se fait en la sélectionnant dans une collection de vignettes. L'accès à d'autres fichiers sur l'ordinateur est restreint. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,13 +215,11 @@
|
|||
id="using">Utiliser Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a name="using_loading"
|
||||
id="using_loading">Lancement de Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
Utilisateurs de Linux/Unix </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,12 +227,14 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint devrait avoir mis une icône de lanceur dans vos menus KDE et / ou GNOME, sous «Graphiques». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Autrement, vous pouvez exécuter la commande suivante à une invite du shell (par exemple, "$") : </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<code>$ tuxpaint</code>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Si des erreurs se produisent, elles seront affichées sur le terminal ("stderr"). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +275,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Si vous avez utilisé le téléchargement de 'ZIP-file', le dossier de Tux Paint sera là où vous l'avez placé lorsque vous avez décompressé le fichier ZIP. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,7 +287,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Double-cliquez simplement sur l'icône "<code>Tux Paint</code>". </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,20 +296,18 @@
|
|||
id="using_title">Écran titre</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Lors du premier chargement de Tux Paint, un écran avec titre et crédits apparaîtra. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Écran-titre]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Une fois le chargement terminé, appuyez sur une touche ou cliquez sur la souris pour continuer. (Ou, après environ 30 secondes, l'écran-titre disparaîtra automatiquement.) </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,8 +317,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_main">Écran principal</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
L'écran principal est divisé en plusieurs sections : <dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
L'écran principal est divisé en plusieurs sections : </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Côté gauche : la barre d'outils</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,15 +331,17 @@
|
|||
La barre d'outils contient les commandes pour dessiner et éditer. </p>
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Update screenshot to add "Fill" tool -->
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tools.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Outils : Peindre, Tampon, Lignes, Formes, Texte, Magie, Étiquette, Défaire, Refaire, Gomme, Nouveau, Ouvrir, Sauvegarder, Imprimer, Quitter]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Milieu : Toile pour Dessiner</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,17 +350,18 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
La plus grande partie de l'écran, au centre, est la toile de dessin. C'est évidemment là que vous dessinerez ! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/canvas.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Toile]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Remarque: la taille de la toile de dessin dépend de la taille de Tux Paint. Vous pouvez modifier la taille de Tux Paint à l'aide de l'outil de configuration tuxpaint-config, ou par d’autres moyens. Consultez la documentation OPTIONS pour plus de détails. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> Remarque: la taille de la toile de dessin dépend de la taille de Tux Paint. Vous pouvez modifier la taille de Tux Paint à l'aide de l'outil de configuration tuxpaint-config, ou par d’autres moyens. Consultez la documentation OPTIONS pour plus de détails. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Côté droit : sélecteur</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,15 +370,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
En fonction de l'outil en cours d'utilisation, le sélecteur affiche différentes choses. Par exemple, lorsque l'outil Pinceau est sélectionné, il affiche les différents pinceaux disponibles. Lorsque l'outil Tampon en caoutchouc est sélectionné, il affiche les différentes formes que vous pouvez utiliser. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/selector.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Sélecteurs - Pinceaux, Lettres, Formes, Tampons]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>En bas : couleurs</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -343,13 +388,13 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Une palette de couleurs disponibles s'affiche en bas de l'écran. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/colors.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Couleurs - Noir, Blanc, Rouge, Rose, Orange, Jaune, Vert, Cyan, Bleu, Pourpre, Brun, Gris]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p id="special_color_options">
|
||||
On the far right are three special color options: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,10 +406,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used to access the "color picker" option more quickly. Hold the <b><code>[Control]</code></b> key while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the"Back" button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button the color palette.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(REMARQUE: vous pouvez définir vos propres couleurs. Voir la documentation " Options ".) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>En bas : zone d'aide</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,16 +420,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Tout en bas de l'écran, Tux, le pingouin Linux, fournit des conseils et d'autres informations pendant que vous dessinez. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tips.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"(Par exemple : Choisis une forme. Clique pour démarrer le dessin , fais glisser et continue jusqu'à la taille désirée. Déplace-toi pour la faire tourner, et clique pour dessiner.)">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,13 +439,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools">Outils disponibles</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
<a name="using_tools_drawing"
|
||||
id="using_tools_drawing">Outils de dessin</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Outil "Peinture" (pinceau)</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -427,14 +472,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Pendant que vous dessinez, un son est joué. Plus la brosse est grosse, plus le son est grave. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_paint.png"
|
||||
width="120"
|
||||
height="95"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Espacement des pinceaux</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,15 +486,15 @@
|
|||
The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. </p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. </p>
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,12 +516,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Lorsque vous déplacez la souris sur le canevas, une forme suit la souris, indiquant où le tampon sera placé, ainsi que sa taille. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_stamps.png"
|
||||
width="182"
|
||||
height="156"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_categories.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
|
|
@ -498,13 +542,13 @@
|
|||
<li>De nombreux tampons peuvent être retournés verticalement ou affichés sous forme d'image miroir à l'aide des boutons de commande en bas à droite. </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_controls.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="96"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tool_sfx.png"
|
||||
width="48"
|
||||
height="24"
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,8 +557,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Les tampons peuvent avoir un effet sonore et / ou une description orale (parlés). Les boutons en bas à gauche (près de Tux, le pingouin Linux) vous permettent de rejouer les effets sonores et la description du tampon actuellement sélectionné. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(REMARQUE: Si l'option "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" est définie, Tux Paint n'affichera pas les commandes Miroir, Retourner, Réduire et Agrandir pour les tampons. Voir la documentation " Options".) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,14 +587,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing may be adjusted. See "Paint", above, to learn more. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_lines.png"
|
||||
width="76"
|
||||
height="103"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -580,18 +623,22 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
La forme se développe à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué initialement et sera centrée autour de cette position (C'était le seul comportement de Tux Paint jusqu'à la version 0.9.24.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be centered around that position. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Formes à partir d'un coin</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
La forme se développe à partir d'un coin depuis l'endroit où vous avez cliqué initialement. Il s'agit de la méthode par défaut de la plupart des autres logiciels de dessin traditionnels. (Cette option a été ajoutée à partir de la version 0.9.25 de Tux Paint.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing software. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> si les contrôles de forme sont désactivés (par exemple, avec l'option "<code>noshapecontrols</code>"), il n'y aura pas de contrôle et la méthode "formes à partir du centre" sera utilisée. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> si les contrôles de forme sont désactivés (par exemple, avec l'option "<code>noshapecontrols</code>"), il n'y aura pas de contrôle et la méthode "formes à partir du centre" sera utilisée. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Dans le dessin, cliquez sur la souris et maintenez-la pour étirer la forme à partir de l'endroit où vous avez cliqué. Certaines formes peuvent changer de proportion (par exemple, le rectangle et l'ovale peuvent être plus larges que hauts ou plus hauts que larges), d'autres pas (par exemple, carré et cercle). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -620,16 +667,17 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Si les formes simples sont activées (par ex. avec l'option "<code>simpleshapes</code>"), la forme sera dessinée sur lorsque vous relâcherez le bouton de la souris. (Il n'y a pas de rotation.) </dd>
|
||||
If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation step.) <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" ("<code>simpleshapes</code>") option. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_shapes.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="104"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -656,12 +704,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Cliquer ailleurs dans l'image alors que l'entrée de texte est toujours active entraîne le déplacement de la ligne de texte actuelle vers cet emplacement (et vous pouvez continuer à la modifier). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_text.png"
|
||||
width="139"
|
||||
height="69"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -681,8 +729,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the picture as if it had been added using the <strong>Text</strong> tool, by clicking the label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the canvas. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
L' outil <strong>Étiquette</strong> peut être désactivé (par exemple, en sélectionnant "Désactiver l'outil 'Label'" dans Tux Paint Config ou bien en exécutant Tux Paint en ligne de commande avec l'option "<code>nolabel</code>"). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> L' outil <strong>Étiquette</strong> peut être désactivé (par exemple, en sélectionnant "Désactiver l'outil 'Label'" dans Tux Paint Config ou bien en exécutant Tux Paint en ligne de commande avec l'option "<code>nolabel</code>"). </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -697,7 +745,7 @@
|
|||
Lorsque les paramètres régionaux de Tux Paint sont définis sur l'une des langues fournissant des modes de saisie alternatifs, une touche est utilisée pour parcourir le ou les modes soit normaux (caractère latin) soit spécifiques aux paramètres régionaux. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Les paramètres régionaux actuellement pris en charge, les méthodes de saisie disponibles et la touche pour basculer ou faire défiler les modes sont répertoriés ci-dessous. <strong>Remarque :</strong> de nombreuses polices n'incluent pas tous les caractères pour toutes les langues, vous devriez donc parfois changer de police pour voir les caractères que vous essayez de saisir. </p>
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Japonais -- Hiragana romanisé et Katakana romanisé -- touche <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> droite </li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,6 +756,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<li>Thai — touche <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> droite </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're trying to type. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -716,7 +768,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Un clavier virtuel sur écran (optionnel) est disponible pour les outils "Texte" et "Étiquette", qui peut présenter une palette de dispositions et de création de caractères (par ex "a" et "e" pour "æ"). Voir les documents "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" et "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extension de Tux Paint</em></a>" pour plus d'informations. </p>
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" and "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extending Tux Paint</em></a>" documentation for more information. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -744,8 +798,8 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Remarque: avant Tux Paint 0.9.24, il s'agissait d'un outil "magique" (voir ci-dessous). Remarque : avant Tux Paint 0.9.26, cet outil n'offrait que la méthode 'Solide' pour le remplissage. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method of filling. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -765,7 +819,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Si l'outil peut être utilisé en cliquant et en faisant glisser, un bouton «peinture» sera disponible sur la gauche, sous la liste des outils «magiques» sur le côté droit de l'écran. Si l'outil peut affecter toute l'image en entier, un bouton «Image entière» sera disponible sur la droite. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Voir <a href="../magic-docs/html/index.html">les instructions pour chaque outil 'Magie'</a> (dans le dossier 'magic-docs'). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -794,10 +847,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Au fur et à mesure que vous effacez, un grincement est émis. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -807,7 +858,6 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools_other">Autres contrôles</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Commande "Défaire"</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,9 +872,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
En cliquant cet outil annulera la dernière action. Vous pouvez même annuler plus d'une fois ! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> sur le clavier pour Défaire. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> sur le clavier pour Défaire. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -845,9 +894,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Tant que vous ne dessinez plus, vous pouvez refaire autant de fois que vous avez défait ! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> sur le clavier pour Refaire. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> sur le clavier pour Refaire. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -865,8 +913,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Cliquez sur le bouton "Nouveau" pour démarrer un nouveau dessin. Une boîte de dialogue apparaîtra, avec laquelle vous pouvez choisir de commencer une nouvelle image en utilisant une couleur d'arrière-plan unie, ou en utilisant une image 'Starter' ou 'Template' (voir ci-dessous). On vous demandera d'abord si vous voulez vraiment faire cela. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> sur le clavier pour commencer un nouveau dessin. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> sur le clavier pour commencer un nouveau dessin. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Special Solid Background Color Choices</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -888,7 +936,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Lorsque vous chargez une 'Image modèle' ou 'image modèle', dessinez dessus, puis cliquez sur 'Sauvegarder', cela crée un nouveau fichier image - il n'écrase pas l'original, vous pouvez donc l'utiliser à nouveau plus tard (en y accédant depuis la boîte de dialogue 'Nouveau'). </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -905,14 +952,13 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Cela vous montre une liste de toutes les images que vous avez enregistrées. S'il y en a plus que ce que peut contenir l'écran, utilisez les flèches «Haut» et «Bas» en haut et en bas de la liste pour faire défiler la liste des images. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/open_dialog.jpg"
|
||||
width="194"
|
||||
height="152"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Cliquez sur une image pour la sélectionner, puis ... </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -930,7 +976,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(Vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur l'icône d'une image pour la charger.) </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,9 +987,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Cliquez sur le bouton marron "Effacer" (poubelle) en bas à droite de la liste pour effacer l'image sélectionnée. (Il vous sera demandé de confirmer.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +999,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Cliquez sur le bouton "Exporter" près du coin inférieur droit pour exporter l'image vers votre dossier d'exportation. (par exemple, "<code>~/Pictures/TuxPaint/</code>") </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,7 +1009,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Cliquez sur le bouton bleu "Diapositives" (projecteur de diapositives) en bas à gauche pour passer en mode diaporama. Voir «Diapositives », ci-dessous, pour plus de détails. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -977,7 +1019,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Ou cliquez sur le bouton fléché rouge «Retour» en bas à droite de la liste pour annuler et revenir à l'image que vous étiez en train de dessiner. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -985,9 +1026,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Si vous choisissez d'ouvrir une image et que votre dessin actuel n'a pas été enregistré, il vous sera demandé si vous souhaitez l'enregistrer ou non. (Voir "<a href="#save">Enregistrer</a>," ci-dessous.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> sur le clavier pour afficher la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> sur le clavier pour afficher la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,25 +1049,24 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Si vous ne l'avez pas enregistré auparavant, il créera une nouvelle entrée dans la liste des images enregistrées. (c'est-à-dire qu'il créera un nouveau fichier) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> il ne vous demandera rien (par exemple, un nom de fichier). Il enregistrera simplement l'image et fera le bruit d'un obturateur d'appareil photographique. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> il ne vous demandera rien (par exemple, un nom de fichier). Il enregistrera simplement l'image et fera le bruit d'un obturateur d'appareil photographique. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Si vous <em>avez</em> déjà enregistré l'image, ou s'il s'agit d'une image que vous venez de charger à l'aide de la commande "Ouvrir", il vous sera d'abord demandé si vous voulez écraser l'ancienne version ou bien créer une nouvelle entrée (un nouveau fichier). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/saveover.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="110"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> si les options " <code>saveover</code>" ou " <code>saveovernew</code>" sont déjà définies, il ne sera rien demandé avant de sauvegarder. Voir la documentation <a href="OPTIONS.html"> <em> Options</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> si les options " <code>saveover</code>" ou " <code>saveovernew</code>" sont déjà définies, il ne sera rien demandé avant de sauvegarder. Voir la documentation <a href="OPTIONS.html"> <em> Options</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> sur le clavier pour sauvegarde. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> vous pouvez également appuyer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> sur le clavier pour sauvegarde. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1057,8 +1096,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
On peut définir une option "<code>noprint</code>", ce qui entraînera la désactivation du bouton "Imprimer". </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1072,8 +1111,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Par exemple, avec "<code>printdelay=60</code>" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux Paint, vous ne pouvez imprimer qu'une fois par minute. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1105,8 +1144,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Cette commande peut être modifiée en définissant la valeur "<code>altprintcommand</code>" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1130,8 +1169,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Si l'option "<code>printcfg</code>" est utilisée, les réglages d'impression seront chargés à partir du fichier "<code>printcfg.cfg</code>" de votre répertoire personnel (voir ci-dessous). Tout changement y sera ernregistré. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1145,11 +1184,10 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Cependant, ce comportement peut être modifié. Vous pouvez toujours faire apparaître la boîte de dialogue de l'imprimante en utilisant "<code>--altprintalways</code>" sur la ligne de commande ou "<code>altprint=always</code>" dans le fichier de configuration de Tux Paint. Inversement vous pouvez empêcher la touche <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> / <b><code>[Option]</code></b> d'avoir un effet en utilisant "<code>--altprintnever</code>" ou "<code>altprint=never</code>". </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1192,16 +1230,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Une échelle mobile en bas à gauche de l'écran (à côté du bouton "Lecture") peut être utilisée pour régler la vitesse du diaporama ou du GIF animé, du plus lent au plus rapide. Choisissez le paramètre le plus à gauche pour désactiver l'avancement automatique pendant la lecture dans Tux Paint - vous devrez appuyer sur une touche ou cliquer pour passer à la diapositive suivante (voir ci-dessous). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> le paramètre le plus lent ne fait pas automatiquement avancer les diapositives. Utilisez-le lorsque vous souhaitez les parcourir manuellement. (Cela ne s'applique pas à un GIF animé exporté.) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> le paramètre le plus lent ne fait pas automatiquement avancer les diapositives. Utilisez-le lorsque vous souhaitez les parcourir manuellement. (Cela ne s'applique pas à un GIF animé exporté.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1210,7 +1248,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Pour lire un diaporama dans Tux Paint, cliquez sur le bouton "Départ". (Remarque : si vous n'avez sélectionné AUCUNE image, TOUTES vos images enregistrées seront lues dans le diaporama !) </p>
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If you hadn't selected any images, then <em>all</em> of your saved images will be played in the slideshow! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Pendant le diaporama, appuyez sur <b><code>[Espace]</code></b>, <b><code>[Entrée]</code></b> ou <b><code>[Retour]</code></b> , ou sur <b><code>[Flèche droite]</code></b> - ou cliquez sur le bouton "Suivant" en bas à gauche - pour passer manuellement à la diapositive suivante. Appuyez sur <b><code>[Flèche gauche]</code></b> pour revenir à la diapositive précédente. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1233,18 +1274,16 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
Cliquez sur le bouton "Exporter GIF" en bas à droite pour que Tux Paint génère un fichier GIF animé basé sur les images sélectionnées. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> On doit sélectionner au moins deux images. (Pour exporter une seule image, utilisez l'option "Exporter" de la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir".) Si aucune image n'est sélectionnée, Tux Paint n'essaiera PAS de générer un GIF basé sur toutes les images enregistrées. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> At least two images must be selected. (To export a single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will <em>not</em> attempt to generate a GIF based on all saved images. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Appuyer sur <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> pendant l'exportation annulera le processus et vous ramènera à la boîte de dialogue "Diaporama". </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Cliquez sur "Retour" dans l'écran de sélection d'image du diaporama pour revenir à la boîte de dialogue "Ouvrir". </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1268,11 +1307,11 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Si vous choisissez de quitter et que vous n'avez pas enregistré l'image actuelle, il vous sera d'abord demandé si vous souhaitez l'enregistrer. S'il ne s'agit pas d'une nouvelle image, il vous sera alors demandé si vous souhaitez enregistrer sur l'ancienne version ou créer une nouvelle entrée. (Voir <a href="#save">Sauvegarder</a> ci-dessus.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong>: Si l'image est enregistrée, elle sera rechargée automatiquement la prochaine fois que vous exécuterez Tux Paint -- à moins que l'option"<code>startblank</code>" ait été activée. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong>: Si l'image est enregistrée, elle sera rechargée automatiquement la prochaine fois que vous exécuterez Tux Paint -- à moins que l'option"<code>startblank</code>" ait été activée. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong>: Le bouton "Quitter" et la touche <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> peuvent être désactivés par le biais de option "<code>noquit</code>". </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong>: Le bouton "Quitter" et la touche <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> peuvent être désactivés par le biais de option "<code>noquit</code>". </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Dans ce cas, le bouton "Fermer la fenêtre" sur la barre de titre de Tux Paint (si vous n'êtes pas en mode plein écran) ou la touche <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[F4]</code></b> peut être utilisée pour quitter. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,9 +1319,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Si aucune de ces options n'est possible, la séquence de touches <b><code>[Shift]</code></b> + <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> peut être utilisée pour quitter. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1297,11 +1335,11 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Notez que si les sons sont complètement désactivés via l'option "<code>nosound</code>, la combinaison des touches <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[S]</code></b> n'a pas d'effet (c'est-à-dire qu'il ne peut pas être utilisé pour activer les sons lorsque le parent / enseignant veut qu'ils soient désactivés.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Voir la documentation sur "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>". </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1311,7 +1349,6 @@
|
|||
id="loading_into">Chargement d'autres images dans Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Étant donné que la boîte de dialogue «Ouvrir» de Tux Paint n'affiche que les images que vous avez créées avec Tux Paint, que se passe-t-il si vous souhaitez charger une autre image ou photo dans Tux Paint pour les éditer et dessiner par-dessus ? </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1348,8 +1385,8 @@
|
|||
Dans un répertoire caché "<code>.tuxpaint</code>" qui est dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur ("<code>$HOME</code>"), par ex. "<code>/home/<em>nom d'utilisateur</em>/.tuxpaint/saved/</code>". </dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Remarque :</strong> C'est également à partir de ce dossier que vous pouvez copier ou ouvrir des images dessinées dans Tux Paint à l'aide <em>d'autres</em> applications, ainsi l'option 'Export' de la boîte de dialogue 'Ouvrir' de Tux Paint peut être utilisée pour les copier dans un endroit plus facile d'accès plus sûr. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Remarque :</strong> C'est également à partir de ce dossier que vous pouvez copier ou ouvrir des images dessinées dans Tux Paint à l'aide <em>d'autres</em> applications, ainsi l'option 'Export' de la boîte de dialogue 'Ouvrir' de Tux Paint peut être utilisée pour les copier dans un endroit plus facile d'accès plus sûr. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Utilisation du script d'importation "<code>tuxpaint-import</code>" </h2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1365,7 +1402,9 @@
|
|||
Pour utiliser ce script, exécutez simplement la commande à partir d'une invite de ligne de commande et indiquez-lui le (s) nom (s) du ou des fichiers que vous voulez convertir. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Ils seront convertis et placés dans votre répertoire "<code>saved</code>" de Tux Paint. (Remarque: si vous faites cela pour un autre utilisateur - par exemple, votre enfant, vous devrez vous assurer d'exécuter la commande sous <em>son</em> compte.) </p>
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "<code>saved</code>" directory. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll need to make sure to run the command under <em>their</em> account.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Exemple : </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1430,7 +1469,6 @@
|
|||
Cette partie de documentation doit être réécrite puisque la nouvelle option "<code>buttonsize</code>" a été ajoutée. Pour l'heure, essayer de dessiner et de sauvegarder l'image dans Tux Paint, et ensuite déterminer quelle taille (largeur et hauteur en pixels) elle possède, et essayez de l'adapter lors de la mise à l'échelle en l'important dans Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1440,7 +1478,6 @@
|
|||
id="further">Lectures complémentaires</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
Les autres documents inclus avec Tux Paint (dans le répertoire "<code>docs</code>") incluent : <ul>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
Using Tux Paint: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1498,7 +1535,6 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1508,7 +1544,6 @@
|
|||
id="help">Comment obtenir de l'aide</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Si vous avez besoin d'aide, il existe de nombreux moyens d'interagir avec les développeurs de Tux Paint et les autres utilisateurs. </p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1519,7 +1554,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Pour en savoir plus, visitez la page "Contact" du site officiel de Tux Paint : <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/contact/">https://tuxpaint.org/contact/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1529,7 +1563,6 @@
|
|||
id="participate">Comment participer</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint est un projet mené par des volontaires, et nous serions heureux d'accepter votre aide dans des tas de domaines. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1544,6 +1577,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Pour en savoir plus, visitez la page "Nous aider" du site officiel de Tux Paint : <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/help/">https://tuxpaint.org/help/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">###</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -5,6 +5,46 @@
|
|||
Documentación de Tux Paint («README – LÉAME)») </title>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
|
||||
content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
|
||||
<style>
|
||||
body { font-size: large; }
|
||||
table { font-size: large; }
|
||||
div.screenshot { text-align: center; }
|
||||
div.keeptogether { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h1, h2, h3, h4 { font-family: sans; }
|
||||
h1 { color: #800; page-break-before: always; break-before: always; }
|
||||
h2 { color: #440; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 { color: #080; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 { color: #008; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h1 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h2 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
dt {
|
||||
font-size: large;
|
||||
color: #404;
|
||||
font-family: sans;
|
||||
margin-top: 1em;
|
||||
margin-bottom: 0.25em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dd, blockquote {
|
||||
border-left: 1px solid #888;
|
||||
padding-left: 1em;
|
||||
border-radius: 0 0 0 1em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p.note {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #000;
|
||||
background-color: #eee;
|
||||
border-radius: 0.5em;
|
||||
padding: 0.5em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@media print {
|
||||
p {
|
||||
orphans: 3;
|
||||
widows: 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
text="#000000"
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,7 +52,7 @@
|
|||
vlink="#FF0000"
|
||||
alink="#FF00FF">
|
||||
<center>
|
||||
<h1>
|
||||
<h1 style="page-break-before: avoid;">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.png"
|
||||
width="205"
|
||||
height="210"
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,16 +69,14 @@
|
|||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
23 de Febreiro de 2022 </p>
|
||||
24 de Febreiro de 2022 </p>
|
||||
</center>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<table border="2"
|
||||
cellspacing="0"
|
||||
cellpadding="2"
|
||||
summary="Índice">
|
||||
summary="Índice"
|
||||
align="center">
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>
|
||||
Índice </th>
|
||||
|
|
@ -109,7 +147,6 @@
|
|||
id="about">Sobre Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Que é «Tux Paint»? </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +156,7 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Licenza: </h2>
|
||||
Licenza </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,40 +167,45 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Obxectivos: </h2>
|
||||
Objectives </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Doado e divertido</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint pretende ser un sinxelo programa de debuxo para cativos pequenos. Non está pensado como unha ferramenta de debuxo de uso xeral. <em>Preténdese</em> que sexa divertido e doado de usar. Os efectos de son e un personaxe de debuxos animados permiten que o usuario saiba o que está pasando e o mantén entretido. Tamén hai formas de punteiro de rato estilo debuxo animado de gran tamaño. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Ampliabilidade</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint é ampliábel. Os pinceis e as formas do «selo de caucho» arrastrarse e soltarse. Por exemplo, un profesor pode soltar unha colección de formas de animais e pedirlles aos seus alumnos que debuxen un ecosistema. Cada forma pode ter un son que se reproduce e datos textuais que se amosan cando o cativo selecciona a forma. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Portabilidade</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint é portátil entre varias plataformas informáticas: Windows, Macintosh, Linux, etc. A interface ten o mesmo aspecto en todas. Tux Paint funciona adecuadamente en sistemas antigos e pódese construír para funcionar mellor en sistemas lentos. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Simplicidade</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Non hai acceso directo ás complexidades subxacentes do computador. A imaxe actual consérvase cando se pecha o programa e volve aparecer cando se reinicia. Para gardar imaxes non é necesario crear nomes de ficheiro nin usar o teclado. A apertura dunha imaxe faise seleccionándoa nunha colección de miniaturas. O acceso a outros ficheiros da computadora está restrinxido. </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,13 +215,11 @@
|
|||
id="using">Uso de Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a name="using_loading"
|
||||
id="using_loading">Inicio de Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
Usuarios de Linux/Unix </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,12 +227,14 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint debería ter colocado unha icona iniciadora nos seus menús KDE e/ou GNOME, en «Gráficos». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Como alternativa, pode executar a seguinte orde nun indicador do sistema (e dicir, «<code>$</code>»): </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<code>$ tuxpaint</code>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Se se producen erros, amosaranse no terminal (en <code>STDERR</code>). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +275,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Se usou a descarga de «ficheiro ZIP», o cartafol de Tux Paint estará onde teña extraído o contido do ficheiro ZIP. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,7 +287,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Simplemente fai dobre clic na icona «<code>Tux Paint</code>». </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,20 +296,18 @@
|
|||
id="using_title">Pantalla de título</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Cando se cargue por primeira vez Tux Paint, aparecerá unha pantalla de título/recoñecementos. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Pantalla de título]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Unha vez completada a carga, prema unha tecla, faga clic ou toque na xanela de Tux Paint para continuar. (Ou, após aproximadamente 5 segundos, a pantalla do título desaparecerá automaticamente.) </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,8 +317,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_main">Pantalla principal</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
A pantalla principal divídese nas seguintes seccións: <dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
A pantalla principal divídese nas seguintes seccións: </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Lado esquerdo: Barra de Ferramentas</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,15 +331,17 @@
|
|||
A barra de ferramentas contén os controis de debuxo e edición. </p>
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Update screenshot to add "Fill" tool -->
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tools.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Ferramentas: Pintar, Selo, Liñas, Formas, Texto, Maxia, Etiqueta, Desfacer, Refacer, Borrador, Novo, Abrir, Gardar, Imprimir, Saír]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Medio: Lenzo de debuxo</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,17 +350,18 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
A parte máis grande da pantalla, no centro, é o lenzo de debuxo. Aquí é, obviamente, onde debuxa. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/canvas.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[Lenzo]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> O tamaño do lenzo de debuxo depende do tamaño de Tux Paint. Pode cambiar o tamaño de Tux Paint empregando a ferramenta de configuración <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> ou por outros medios. Consulte a documentación das <a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a> para obter máis detalles. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> O tamaño do lenzo de debuxo depende do tamaño de Tux Paint. Pode cambiar o tamaño de Tux Paint empregando a ferramenta de configuración <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> ou por outros medios. Consulte a documentación das <a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a> para obter máis detalles. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Lado dereito: Selector</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,15 +370,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Dependendo da ferramenta actual, o selector amosa cousas diferentes. p. ex.: cando se selecciona a ferramenta Pincel ou Liña, amosa os distintos pinceis dispoñíbeis. Cando se selecciona a ferramenta Selo de caucho, amosa as diferentes formas que pode usar. Cando se selecciona a ferramenta Texto ou Etiqueta, amosa varios tipos de letra. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/selector.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Selectores: pinceis, letras, formas, selos]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Máis abaixo: Cores</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -343,13 +388,13 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Amosarase unha paleta de cores dispoñíbeis preto da parte inferior da pantalla. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/colors.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[Cores: negro, branco, vermello, rosa, laranxa, amarelo, verde, cian, azul, roxo, marrón, gris]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p id="special_color_options">
|
||||
On the far right are three special color options: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,10 +406,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used to access the "color picker" option more quickly. Hold the <b><code>[Control]</code></b> key while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the"Back" button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button the color palette.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Nota:</strong> Pode definir as súas propias cores para Tux Paint. Consulte a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>»). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Abaixo de todo: Área de axuda</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,16 +420,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Na parte inferior da pantalla, <em>Tux</em>, o pingüín de Linux, ofrece consellos e outra información mentres usa Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tips.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"(Consello de exemplo: «Escolle unha figura. Preme para marcar o centro, arrastra e solta cando teña o tamaño que queiras. Move arredor para invertela, e preme para debuxala.»)">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,13 +439,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools">Ferramentas dispoñíbeis</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
<a name="using_tools_drawing"
|
||||
id="using_tools_drawing">Ferramentas de debuxo</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Ferramenta «Pintar» (pinceis)</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -427,14 +472,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Mentres debuxa, soa un son. Canto maior sexa o pincel, menor será o ton. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_paint.png"
|
||||
width="120"
|
||||
height="95"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Espazado do pincel</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,15 +486,15 @@
|
|||
The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. </p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. </p>
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,12 +516,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Ao mover o rato arredor do lenzo, un contorno segue o rato, amosando onde se colocará o selo e o grande que será. Prema para colocar o selo. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_stamps.png"
|
||||
width="182"
|
||||
height="156"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_categories.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
|
|
@ -498,13 +542,13 @@
|
|||
<li>Moitos selos poden inverterse verticalmente ou amosarse como unha imaxe reflectida, usando os botóns de control na parte inferior dereita. </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_controls.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="96"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tool_sfx.png"
|
||||
width="48"
|
||||
height="24"
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,8 +557,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Diferentes selos poden ter diferentes efectos sonoros e/ou sons descritivos (falados). Os botóns da área de axuda na parte inferior esquerda (preto de <em>Tux</em>, o pingüín de Linux) permiten reproducir de novo os efectos de son e os sons descritivos para o selo seleccionado nese momento. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Nota:</strong> se está estabelecida a opción «<code>nostampcontrols</code>», Tux Paint non amosará os controis Reflectir, Virar, Encoller e Aumentar para os selos. Consulte a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións </em></a>). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,14 +587,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing may be adjusted. See "Paint", above, to learn more. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_lines.png"
|
||||
width="76"
|
||||
height="103"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -580,18 +623,22 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
A forma expandirase dende onde fixera clic inicialmente e centrarase arredor desa posición. (Este foi o único comportamento de Tux Paint ata a versión 0.9.24.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be centered around that position. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Formas dende cantos</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
A forma estenderase cun canto a partir de onde fixera clic inicialmente. Este é o método predeterminado da maioría dos outros programas tradicionais de debuxo. (Esta opción engadiuse a partir da versión 0.9.25 de Tux Paint.) </dd>
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing software. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Se os controis de forma están desactivados (p. ex.: coa opción «<code>noshapecontrols</code>»), non se presentarán os controis e empregarase o método «formas dende o centro». </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Se os controis de forma están desactivados (p. ex.: coa opción «<code>noshapecontrols</code>»), non se presentarán os controis e empregarase o método «formas dende o centro». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
No lenzo, fprema co rato e manteña o botón premido para estirar a forma dende onde fixo clic. Algunhas formas poden cambiar a proporción (por exemplo, o rectángulo e o óvalo poden ser máis largos que altos ou máis altos que largos), outros non (por exemplo, cadrados e círculos). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -620,16 +667,17 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Se están activadas as formas simples (p. ex.: coa opción «<code>simpleshapes</code>»), a forma debuxarase no lenzo cando solte o botón do rato. (Non hai ningún paso de rotación.) </dd>
|
||||
If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation step.) <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" ("<code>simpleshapes</code>") option. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_shapes.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="104"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -656,12 +704,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Ao premer noutro lugar da imaxe mentres a entrada de texto aínda está activa, a liña de texto actual moverase a esa posición (onde pode continuar editándoa). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_text.png"
|
||||
width="139"
|
||||
height="69"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -681,8 +729,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the picture as if it had been added using the <strong>Text</strong> tool, by clicking the label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the canvas. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
A ferramenta <strong>Etiqueta</strong> pódese desactivar (p. ex.: seleccionando «Desactivar a ferramenta "Etiqueta"» en <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> ou executando <em>Tux Paint</em> coa opción «<code>nolabel</code>»). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> A ferramenta <strong>Etiqueta</strong> pódese desactivar (p. ex.: seleccionando «Desactivar a ferramenta "Etiqueta"» en <em>Tux Paint Config.</em> ou executando <em>Tux Paint</em> coa opción «<code>nolabel</code>»). </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -697,7 +745,7 @@
|
|||
Cando a configuración local de Tux Paint está estabelecida nun dos idiomas que fornecen modos de entrada alternativos, úsase unha tecla para pasar do modo normal (caracteres latinos) ao modo ou modos específicos da configuración local. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
A continuación amósanse as configuracións locais compatíbeis actualmente, os métodos de entrada dispoñíbeis e a tecla para cambiar ou alternar su modos. <strong>Nota:</strong> Moitos tipos de letra non inclúen todos os caracteres de todos os idiomas, polo que ás veces ters que cambiar os tipos de letra para ver os caracteres que tenta escribir. </p>
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>Xaponés — Hiragana romanizado e Katakana romanizado — tecla <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> da dereita </li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,6 +756,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<li>Tailandés — tecla <code><b>[Alt]</b></code> da dereita </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're trying to type. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -716,7 +768,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Está dispoñíbel un teclado opcional en pantalla para as ferramentas de texto e etiqueta, que pode fornecer unha ampla variedade de deseños e composición de caracteres (p. ex.: compoñer «a» e «e» en «æ»). Consulte a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>» e a de «<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Ampliar Tux Paint</em></a>» para obter máis información. </p>
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" and "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extending Tux Paint</em></a>" documentation for more information. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -744,8 +798,8 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Nota: Antes do Tux Paint 0.9.24, esta era unha ferramenta Máxica (ver máis abaixo). Nota: Antes do Tux Paint 0.9.26, esta era ferramenta só ofrecia o método de enchido «Sólido». </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method of filling. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -765,7 +819,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Se a ferramenta pode usarse premendo e arrastrando, estará dispoñíbel un botón de «pintura» á esquerda, baixo a lista de ferramentas Maxia na parte dereita da pantalla. Se a ferramenta pode afectar toda a imaxe á vez, haberá un botón «imaxe completa» á dereita. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Consulte as <a href="../magic-docs/html/index.html">instrucións de cada ferramenta Máxica</a> (no cartafol «magic-docs»). </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -794,10 +847,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Ao borralo, reprodúcese un son de borrado «rechiante». </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -807,7 +858,6 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools_other">Outros controis</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>Orde «Desfacer»</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,9 +872,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Ao premer nesta ferramenta desfarase a última acción de debuxo. Vostede pode incluso desfacer máis dunha vez. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> no teclado para Desfacer. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> no teclado para Desfacer. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -845,9 +894,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Mentres non volva debuxar, pode refacer tantas veces como teña desfeito. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> no teclado para Refacer. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> no teclado para Refacer. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -865,8 +913,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Ao premer no botón «Novo» iniciarase un novo debuxo. Aparecerá un diálogo no que pode escoller comezar unha nova imaxe cunha cor de fondo sólida ou usando unha imaxe «de Inicio» ou «modelo» (ver máis abaixo). Primeiro preguntaráselle se realmente quere facelo. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> no teclado para iniciar un novo debuxo. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> no teclado para iniciar un novo debuxo. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Special Solid Background Color Choices</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -888,7 +936,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Cando carga unha «imaxe de inicio» ou un «modelo», debuxa nel(a) e logo preme en «Gardar», crea un novo ficheiro de imaxe; non sobrescribe o orixinal, polo que pode usalo de novo máis adiante (accedendo a el dende o diálogo «Novo»). </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -905,14 +952,13 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Isto amosa unha lista de todas as imaxes que gardou. Se hai máis do que pode caber na pantalla, use as frechas arriba e abaixo na parte superior e inferior da lista para desprazarse pola lista de imaxes. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/open_dialog.jpg"
|
||||
width="194"
|
||||
height="152"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Prema nunha imaxe para seleccionala e logo... </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -930,7 +976,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(Como alternativa, pode facer dobre clic na icona dunha imaxe para cargala.) </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,9 +987,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Prema no botón marrón «Borrar» (cesta do lixo) na parte inferior dereita da lista para borrar a imaxe seleccionada. (Pediráselle que o confirme). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> On Linux (as of version 0.9.22) and Windows (as of version 0.9.27), the picture will be placed in your desktop's trash can / recycle bin (where you may recover and restore it, if you change your mind). </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +999,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Prema no botón «Exportar» preto da parte inferior dereita para exportar a imaxe ao cartafol de exportación. (p. ex.: «<code>~/Pictures/TuxPaint/</code>») </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,7 +1009,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Prema no botón azul «Diapositivas» (proxector de diapositivas) situado na parte inferior esquerda para ir ao modo de presentación de diapositivas. Vexa «<a href="#slides">Diapositivas</a>», a continuación, para máis detalles. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -977,7 +1019,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Prema no botón de frecha vermello «Atrás» situado na parte inferior dereita da lista para cancelar e volver á imaxe que debuxaba. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -985,9 +1026,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Se escolle abrir unha imaxe e o seu debuxo actual non foi gardado, preguntaráselle se quere gardala ou non. (Vexa «<a href="#save">Gardar</a>» a continuación). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> no teclado para activar o diálogo «Abrir». </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> no teclado para activar o diálogo «Abrir». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,25 +1049,24 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Se non o gardou antes, creará unha nova entrada na lista de imaxes gardadas. (é dicir, creará un novo ficheiro) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Non lle pedirá nada (por exemplo, un nome de ficheiro). Simplemente gardará a imaxe e reproducirá un efecto de son «obturador de cámara». </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Non lle pedirá nada (por exemplo, un nome de ficheiro). Simplemente gardará a imaxe e reproducirá un efecto de son «obturador de cámara». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Se <em>xa</em> gardou a imaxe antes, ou esta é unha imaxe que acaba de cargar coa orde «Abrir», primeiro preguntaráselle se quere gardar sobre a versión antiga ou crear unha nova entrada (un novo ficheiro). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/saveover.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="110"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Se foron estabelecidas as opcións «<code>saveover</code>» ou «<code>saveovernew</code>», non preguntará antes de gardar. Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>». </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Se foron estabelecidas as opcións «<code>saveover</code>» ou «<code>saveovernew</code>», non preguntará antes de gardar. Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> no teclado para gardar. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Tamén pode premer <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> no teclado para gardar. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1057,8 +1096,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Pódese estabelecer a opción «<code>noprint</code>», que desactivará o botón «Imprimir» de Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1072,8 +1111,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Por exemplo, con «<code>printdelay=60</code>» no ficheiro de configuración de Tux Paint, a impresión só pode producirse unha vez por minuto (60 segundos). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1105,8 +1144,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Esta orde pódese cambiar axustando unha opción «<code>altprintcommand</code>» no ficheiro de configuración de Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1130,8 +1169,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Se se usa a opción «<code>printcfg</code>», os axustes da impresora cargaranse dende o ficheiro «<code>printcfg.cfg</code>» no seu cartafol persoal (ver a continuación). Calquera cambio tamén se gardará alí. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1145,11 +1184,10 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Non obstante, este comportamento pódese cambiar. Pode facer que o diálogo da impresora apareza sempre usando «<code>--altprintalways</code>» na liña de ordes ou «<code>altprint=always</code>» no ficheiro de configuración de Tux Paint. Pola contra, pode evitar que a tecla <b><code>[Alt]</code></b>/<b><code>[Opción]</code></b> teña ningún efecto empregando «<code>--altprintnever</code>» ou «<code>altprint=never</code>». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1192,16 +1230,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Pódese usar unha escala desprazábel na parte inferior esquerda da pantalla (xunto ao botón «Reproducir») para axustar a velocidade do diaporama ou do GIF animado, de máis lenta a máis rápida. Escolla o axuste máis á esquerda para desactivar o avance automático durante a reprodución dentro de Tux Paint; terá que premer unha tecla ou facer clic para ir á seguinte diapositiva (ver a continuación). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> O axuste máis lento non avanza automaticamente entre as diapositivas. Úseo para cando queira percorrelas manualmente. (Isto non se aplica a un GIF animado exportado). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> O axuste máis lento non avanza automaticamente entre as diapositivas. Úseo para cando queira percorrelas manualmente. (Isto non se aplica a un GIF animado exportado). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1210,7 +1248,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Para reproducir un diaporama dentro de Tux Paint, prema no botón «Reproducir». (Nota: Se non seleccionases NINGUNHA imaxe, entón TODAS as súas imaxes gardadas reproduciranse no diaporama.) </p>
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If you hadn't selected any images, then <em>all</em> of your saved images will be played in the slideshow! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Durante a presentación de diapositivas, prema <b><code>[Espazo]</code></b>, <b><code>[Intro]</code></b> ou <b><code>[Retorno]</code></b> ou o <b><code>[Frecha cara á dereita]</code></b> —ou prema no botón «Seguinte»— na parte inferior esquerda para avanzar manualmente á seguinte diapositiva. Prema <b><code>[Frecha cara arriba]</code></b> para volver á diapositiva anterior. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1233,18 +1274,16 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
Prema no botón «Exportar GIF» preto da parte inferior dereita para que Tux Paint xere un ficheiro GIF animado baseado nas imaxes seleccionadas. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Hai que seleccionar polo menos dúas imaxes. (Para exportar unha única imaxe, use a opción «Exportar» no diálogo principal «Abrir»). Se non hai ningunha imaxe seleccionada, Tux Paint NON intentará xerar un GIF baseado en todas as imaxes gardadas. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> At least two images must be selected. (To export a single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will <em>not</em> attempt to generate a GIF based on all saved images. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Ao premer <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> durante o proceso de exportación abortarase e volverá ao diálogo «Diaporama». </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Prema en «Atrás» na pantalla de selección de imaxes de diapositivas para volver ao diálogo «Abrir». </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1268,11 +1307,11 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Se elixe saír e non gardou a imaxe actual, primeiro preguntaráselle se quere gardala. Se non é unha nova imaxe, preguntaráselle se quere gardar sobre a versión antiga ou crear unha nova entrada. (Vexa «<a href="#save">Gardar</a>» máis arriba). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> Se se garda a imaxe, volverá cargarse automaticamente a próxima vez que execute Tux Paint, a non ser que estea configurada a opción «<code>startblank</code>». </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> Se se garda a imaxe, volverá cargarse automaticamente a próxima vez que execute Tux Paint, a non ser que estea configurada a opción «<code>startblank</code>». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> O botón «Saír» de Tux Paint e saír a través da tecla <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> pode estar desactivado mediante a opción «<code>noquit</code>». </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> O botón «Saír» de Tux Paint e saír a través da tecla <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> pode estar desactivado mediante a opción «<code>noquit</code>». </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Nese caso, pódese usar o botón «pechar a xanela» na barra de título de Tux Paint (se non está en modo pantalla completa) ou a secuencia de teclas <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[F4]</code></b> para saír. </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,9 +1319,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
Se ningún das dúas é posíbel, pódese usar a secuencia de teclas <b><code>[Maiúsculas]</code></b> + <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> para saír. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1297,11 +1335,11 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Teña en conta que se os sons están completamente desactivados mediante a opción «<code>nosound</code>», a combinación de teclas <b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[S]</code></b> non ten efecto. (é dicir, non se pode usar para activar os sons cando o pai ou o profesor quere que estean desactivados). </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> Vexa a documentación de «<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Opcións</em></a>. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1311,7 +1349,6 @@
|
|||
id="loading_into">Carga doutras imaxes en Tux Paint</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
O diálogo «Abrir» de Tux Paint só amosa as imaxes que creou con Tux Paint. Entón, que facer se quere cargar algún outro debuxo ou incluso unha fotografía en Tux Paint para poder editala ou debuxar sobre ela? </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1348,8 +1385,8 @@
|
|||
Dentro dun directorio agochado «<code>.tuxpaint</code>», no seu directorio persoal («<code>$HOME</code>»), p. ex.: «<code>/home/<em>nome de usuario</em>/.tuxpaint/saved/</code>». </dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> É tamén dende este cartafol dende onde pode copiar ou abrir imaxes debuxadas en Tux Paint usando <em>outras</em> aplicacións, aínda que pode usar a opción «Exportar» do diálogo «Abrir» de Tux Paint para copialas a unha localización de acceso máis doado e seguro. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Nota:</strong> É tamén dende este cartafol dende onde pode copiar ou abrir imaxes debuxadas en Tux Paint usando <em>outras</em> aplicacións, aínda que pode usar a opción «Exportar» do diálogo «Abrir» de Tux Paint para copialas a unha localización de acceso máis doado e seguro. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
Uso do script de importación, «<code>tuxpaint-import</code>» </h2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1365,7 +1402,9 @@
|
|||
Para usar este script, abonda con executalo dende unha liña de ordes e fornecerlle o nome do ficheiro que quere converter. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Converteranse e colocaranse no directorio de Tux Paint «<code>saved</code>». (Nota: Se está a facer isto por un usuario diferente (por exemplo, o seu fillo ou filla) terá que asegurarse de executar a orde na <em>súa</em> conta). </p>
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "<code>saved</code>" directory. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll need to make sure to run the command under <em>their</em> account.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Exemplo: </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1430,7 +1469,6 @@
|
|||
É preciso reescribir esta parte da documentación xa que se engadiu a nova opción «<code>buttonsize</code>». Polo de agora, tente debuxar e gardar unha imaxe dentro de Tux Paint, logo determine o tamaño (largo e alto en píxeles) que obtivo e tente igualar iso ao escalar a(s) imaxe(s) que está a importar en Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1440,7 +1478,6 @@
|
|||
id="further">Máis información</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
Outra documentación incluída con Tux Paint (que se atopa no cartafol/directorio «<code>docs</code>») inclúe: <ul>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
Using Tux Paint: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1498,7 +1535,6 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1508,7 +1544,6 @@
|
|||
id="help">Como obter axuda</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Se precisa axuda, hai moitas formas de interactuar cos desenvolvedores de Tux Paint e outros usuarios. </p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1519,7 +1554,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Para obter máis información, visite a páxina «Contacto» do sitio web oficial de Tux Paint: <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/contact/">https://tuxpaint.org/contact/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1529,7 +1563,6 @@
|
|||
id="participate">Como participar</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint é un proxecto impulsado por voluntarios e estamos encantados de aceptar a súa axuda de diversas maneiras. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1544,6 +1577,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Para obter máis información, visite a páxina «Colabora connosco» do sitio web oficial de Tux Paint: <a href="https://tuxpaint.org/help/">https://tuxpaint.org/help/</a> </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">###</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -7,9 +7,7 @@
|
|||
https://tuxpaint.org/
|
||||
@TuxPaintTweets on Twitter
|
||||
|
||||
2022年2月23日
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
2022年2月24日
|
||||
|
||||
+----------------------------+
|
||||
|目次 |
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,14 +35,14 @@
|
|||
Tux Paint
|
||||
は、３歳以上の小さな子供向けにデザインされたフリーのお絵かきソフトです。シンプルで使いやすい操作方法と楽しい効果音を備え、マスコットキャラクターが子供たちの案内役を務めます。空っぽのキャンバスと様々な描画ツールが、子供たちの創造力をかき立てます。
|
||||
|
||||
ライセンス:
|
||||
著作権
|
||||
|
||||
Tux Paint
|
||||
は、オープンソースのプロジェクトで、GNUの一般公衆利用許諾（GPL）基づき公開されているフリーソフトウェアです。このソフトウェアは無料で、プログラムのソースコードが利用可能です。（これにより、誰でも、機能を追加したり、不具合を修正したり、プログラムの一部を自分のGPLソフトウェアに使用することができます。）
|
||||
|
||||
ライセンスの全文は、COPYING.txtをお読みください。
|
||||
|
||||
目指していること:
|
||||
Objectives
|
||||
|
||||
簡単に、そして楽しく
|
||||
Tux Paint
|
||||
|
|
@ -57,8 +55,7 @@
|
|||
移植性
|
||||
Tux Paint は、Windows, Macintosh, Linux
|
||||
など、様々なプラットフォームに移植されており、どのプラットフォームでも見た目や使い方は変わりません。Tux Paint
|
||||
は、Pentium
|
||||
133のような旧式のシステムでもうまく動作し、さらに遅いシステムでも動作するように構築することもできます。
|
||||
は、Pentium 133のような旧式のシステムでもうまく動作し、さらに遅いシステムでも動作するように構築することもできます。
|
||||
|
||||
簡単な操作
|
||||
ユーザーは、コンピューターの複雑な機能に直接触れる必要がありません。描画中の作品は、プログラム終了時に保存され、再開時に表示されます。作品を保存するために、ファイル名をつけたりキーボードを使う必要はありません。保存された作品は、縮小画像の一覧から選択するだけで読み込むことができ、コンピューターの他のファイルにアクセスすることはありません。
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,8 +122,8 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
ツールバーには、描画や編集を行うためのアイコンがあります。
|
||||
|
||||
[どうぐ: ふで, はんこ, せん, かたち, もじ, まほう, ラベル, とりけし, やりなおし, けしゴム, さいしょから, ひらく, セーブ, いんさつ,
|
||||
やめる]
|
||||
[どうぐ: ふで, はんこ, せん, かたち, もじ, まほう, ラベル, とりけし, やりなおし, けしゴム, さいしょから,
|
||||
ひらく, セーブ, いんさつ, やめる]
|
||||
|
||||
中央部: 描画キャンバス
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,7 +131,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
[描画キャンバス]
|
||||
|
||||
注: 描画キャンバスのサイズは、Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズに応じて変わります。Tux Paint
|
||||
💡 注: 描画キャンバスのサイズは、Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズに応じて変わります。Tux Paint
|
||||
のウィンドウサイズは、Tux Paint
|
||||
設定ツールを用いて変更できます。その他の方法については、各種設定についてのドキュメントを参照してください。
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,33 +148,31 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
[いろ - いろ - くろ、しろ、あか、ぴんく、おれんじ、きいろ、みどり、みずいろ、あお、むらさき、ちゃいろ、はいいろ]
|
||||
|
||||
On the far right are three special color options:
|
||||
* The "color picker" (which has an outline of an
|
||||
eye-dropper) allows you to pick a color found within your
|
||||
drawing. A shortcut key is available to access this
|
||||
feature quickly; see below.
|
||||
* The rainbow palette allows you to pick a color from
|
||||
within a box containing thousands of colors.
|
||||
* The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint
|
||||
palette) allows you to create colors by blending primary
|
||||
additive colors — red, yellow, and blue — along with
|
||||
white (to "tint"), grey (to "tone"), and black (to
|
||||
"shade"). The ratios of colors added are shown at the
|
||||
bottom.
|
||||
* The "color picker" (which has an outline of an eye-dropper)
|
||||
allows you to pick a color found within your drawing. A
|
||||
shortcut key is available to access this feature quickly; see
|
||||
below.
|
||||
* The rainbow palette allows you to pick a color from within a
|
||||
box containing thousands of colors.
|
||||
* The "color mixer" (which has silhouette of a paint palette)
|
||||
allows you to create colors by blending primary additive
|
||||
colors — red, yellow, and blue — along with white (to
|
||||
"tint"), grey (to "tone"), and black (to "shade"). The ratios
|
||||
of colors added are shown at the bottom.
|
||||
|
||||
When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used
|
||||
to access the "color picker" option more quickly. Hold the
|
||||
[Control] key while clicking, and the color under the mouse
|
||||
cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may drag around to
|
||||
canvas to find the color you want. When you release the mouse
|
||||
button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you
|
||||
release the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the
|
||||
"Tools" area), the color selection will be left unchanged.
|
||||
(This is similar to clicking the"Back" button that's available
|
||||
when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button the
|
||||
color palette.)
|
||||
When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used to
|
||||
access the "color picker" option more quickly. Hold the [Control]
|
||||
key while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be
|
||||
shown at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the
|
||||
color you want. When you release the mouse button, the color under
|
||||
the cursor will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of
|
||||
the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will
|
||||
be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the"Back" button
|
||||
that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via
|
||||
its button the color palette.)
|
||||
|
||||
（注:
|
||||
カラーパレットの色は好みに応じて変更できます。変更方法については、"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。）
|
||||
⚙ Note: You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the
|
||||
"Options" documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
最下部: ヘルプエリア
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -200,8 +195,8 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
アニメーションブラシ —
|
||||
描画中に形状が変化します。例として、ブドウ形のブラシが挙げられます。このタイプのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さなフィルムのアイコンが付いています。
|
||||
|
||||
向きのあるブラシ — 描いている方向によって異なる形を描きます。 例として、Tux Paint
|
||||
に含まれる矢印ブラシがあります。 これらのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さな8方向の矢印のアイコンが付いています。
|
||||
向きのあるブラシ — 描いている方向によって異なる形を描きます。 例として、Tux Paint に含まれる矢印ブラシがあります。
|
||||
これらのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さな8方向の矢印のアイコンが付いています。
|
||||
|
||||
また、いくつかのブラシは、方向とアニメーションを併せ持ちます。例として、猫やリスのブラシがあります。このタイプのブラシの選択ボタンには、小さなフィルムと８方向の矢印のアイコンが付いています。
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,22 +204,21 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
Brush Spacing
|
||||
|
||||
The space between each position where a brush is applied
|
||||
to the canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the
|
||||
footprints and flower) are spaced, by default, far enough
|
||||
apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the
|
||||
basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a
|
||||
continuous stroke.
|
||||
The space between each position where a brush is applied to the
|
||||
canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and
|
||||
flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they don't
|
||||
overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) are
|
||||
spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke.
|
||||
|
||||
The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by
|
||||
clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at
|
||||
the bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the
|
||||
spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools that use the
|
||||
brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool.
|
||||
clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the
|
||||
bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush
|
||||
spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint"
|
||||
tool and the "Lines" tool.
|
||||
|
||||
(Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint
|
||||
won't display the brush spacing controls. See the
|
||||
"Options" documentation.)
|
||||
⚙ Note: If the "nobrushspacing" option is set, Tux Paint won't
|
||||
display the brush spacing controls. See the "Options"
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -245,8 +239,9 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
個々のスタンプごとに効果音を設定することができます。画面下部の左側のヘルプエリア（Linux ペンギン
|
||||
"Tux"の近く）にあるボタンを押すと、効果音を再生することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
（注: "nostampcontrols"
|
||||
オプションが設定されると、スタンプの拡大・縮小、反転が無効になります。詳しくは"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。）
|
||||
⚙ Note: If the "nostampcontrols" option is set, Tux Paint won't
|
||||
display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See
|
||||
the "Options" documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -261,10 +256,9 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
アニメーション対応のブラシでは、線に沿って形が変化します。 指向性のブラシでは、線の角度に応じて異なる形状を表示します。
|
||||
さらに、アニメーションと指向性の両方を備えたブラシもあります。 詳しくは、上記の「ふで」の項をご覧ください。
|
||||
|
||||
Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a
|
||||
series of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the
|
||||
brush shape. Brush spacing may be adjusted. See "Paint",
|
||||
above, to learn more.
|
||||
Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series
|
||||
of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape.
|
||||
Brush spacing may be adjusted. See "Paint", above, to learn more.
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -277,23 +271,30 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
右下のオプションボタンで「かたち」ツールの動作を選択します：
|
||||
|
||||
真ん中から広げる
|
||||
最初にクリックした位置を中心として図形を拡大します。（Tux Paint バージョン
|
||||
0.9.24 までは、この動作しかありませんでした。）
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially
|
||||
clicked, and will be centered around that position.
|
||||
|
||||
📜 This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version
|
||||
0.9.24.)
|
||||
|
||||
角から広げる
|
||||
最初にクリックした位置を左上の角として図形を拡大します。これは、他の多くのお絵かきソフトの標準的な動作です。（Tux
|
||||
Paint バージョン 0.9.25 以降で追加されたオプション）
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from
|
||||
where you initially clicked. This is the default
|
||||
method of most other traditional drawing software.
|
||||
|
||||
注: "noshapecontrols"
|
||||
📜 This option was added starting with Tux Paint
|
||||
version 0.9.25.)
|
||||
|
||||
⚙ 注: "noshapecontrols"
|
||||
オプションをつけて起動するなどして、「かたち」ツールの動作の制御を無効にした場合、オプションボタンは表示されず、真ん中から図形を広げる動作になります。
|
||||
|
||||
図形を描くには、キャンバス上でマウスをクリックし、そのままマウスを動かして図形を広げます。楕円や長方形のように縦横比を変えられる図形と、正方形や円のように縦横比を変えられない図形があります。
|
||||
|
||||
For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of
|
||||
the shape will be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1"
|
||||
will be shown if it is "square" (as tall as it is wide);
|
||||
"2:1" if it is either twice as wide as it is tall, or twice
|
||||
as tall as it is wide; and so on.
|
||||
For shapes that can change proportion, the aspect ratio of the
|
||||
shape will be shown at the bottom. For example: "1:1" will be
|
||||
shown if it is "square" (as tall as it is wide); "2:1" if it is
|
||||
either twice as wide as it is tall, or twice as tall as it is
|
||||
wide; and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
図形を広げ終わったらマウスを放します。
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -304,20 +305,23 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
最後にもう一度マウスをクリックして、図形が完成します。
|
||||
|
||||
簡易描画モード
|
||||
簡易図形モード("simpleshapes"
|
||||
オプション)が設定されている場合、図形を回転させる手順は省略され、マウスを放した時点で図形が描画されます。
|
||||
If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape
|
||||
will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the
|
||||
mouse button. (There's no rotation step.)
|
||||
|
||||
⚙ See the "Options" documentation to learn about the
|
||||
"simple shapes" ("simpleshapes") option.
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
「もじ」ツール、「ラベル」ツール
|
||||
|
||||
Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right)
|
||||
and a color (from the color palette near the bottom). You
|
||||
may also apply a bold, and/or an italic styling effect to
|
||||
the text. Click on the screen and a cursor will appear. Type
|
||||
text and it will show up on the screen. (You can change the
|
||||
font, color, and styling while entering the text, before it
|
||||
is applied to the canvas.)
|
||||
Choose a font (from the 'Letters' available on the right) and a
|
||||
color (from the color palette near the bottom). You may also apply
|
||||
a bold, and/or an italic styling effect to the text. Click on the
|
||||
screen and a cursor will appear. Type text and it will show up on
|
||||
the screen. (You can change the font, color, and styling while
|
||||
entering the text, before it is applied to the canvas.)
|
||||
|
||||
[Enter]キー、または[Return]キーを押すと文字が描画され、カーソルが次の行に下がります。
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,55 +337,60 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.22
|
||||
で追加された「ラベル」ツールでは、文字は絵から「浮いて」おり、文字列の内容、位置、フォント、色などの情報は個別に記録されます。これにより、「ラベル」は後から移動や編集が可能です。
|
||||
|
||||
To edit a label, click the label selection
|
||||
button. All labels in the drawing will appear
|
||||
highlighted. Click one — or use the [Tab] key
|
||||
to cycle through all the labels, and the
|
||||
[Enter] or [Return] key to select one — and you
|
||||
may then edit the label. (Use they [Backspace]
|
||||
key to erase characters, and other keys to add
|
||||
text to the label; click in the canvas to
|
||||
reposition the label; click in the palette to
|
||||
change the color of the text in the label;
|
||||
etc.)
|
||||
To edit a label, click the label selection button.
|
||||
All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted.
|
||||
Click one — or use the [Tab] key to cycle through all
|
||||
the labels, and the [Enter] or [Return] key to select
|
||||
one — and you may then edit the label. (Use they
|
||||
[Backspace] key to erase characters, and other keys
|
||||
to add text to the label; click in the canvas to
|
||||
reposition the label; click in the palette to change
|
||||
the color of the text in the label; etc.)
|
||||
|
||||
You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting
|
||||
the text into the picture as if it had been
|
||||
added using the Text tool, by clicking the
|
||||
label application button. (This feature was
|
||||
added in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels
|
||||
in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you
|
||||
select one just as you do when selecting a
|
||||
label to edit. The chosen label will be
|
||||
removed, and the text will be added directly to
|
||||
the canvas.
|
||||
You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the
|
||||
text into the picture as if it had been added using
|
||||
the Text tool, by clicking the label application
|
||||
button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version
|
||||
0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear
|
||||
highlighted, and you select one just as you do when
|
||||
selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be
|
||||
removed, and the text will be added directly to the
|
||||
canvas.
|
||||
|
||||
「ラベル」ツールは、Tux Paint
|
||||
⚙ 「ラベル」ツールは、Tux Paint
|
||||
設定ツールや、"nolabel"オプションにより、無効にすることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
多言語文字入力
|
||||
|
||||
Tux Paint
|
||||
では、様々な言語の文字を入力することができます。たいていのラテン文字（A-Z, ñ, è
|
||||
Tux Paint では、様々な言語の文字を入力することができます。たいていのラテン文字（A-Z, ñ,
|
||||
è
|
||||
など）は、直接入力できます。また、いくつかの言語では、入力モードを切り替えて、複数のキーの組み合わせを用いて文字を入力する必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
Tux Paint
|
||||
が、個別の入力モードがサポートされている言語に設定されている場合、特定のキーを押下することで、入力モードを切り替えることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
個別の入力モードがサポートされている言語と、入力モード切替キーは以下のとおりです。注：
|
||||
大抵のフォントには全ての言語の全ての文字は含まれていません。このため、入力したい文字が含まれるフォントに変更する必要がある場合があります。
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods
|
||||
available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are
|
||||
listed below.
|
||||
|
||||
* 日本語— ローマ字入力方式のひらがな、カタカナ— 右[Alt] キー
|
||||
* ハングル— 2-Bul入力方式— 右[Alt] キー または 左[Alt] キー
|
||||
* 繁体中文— 右[Alt] キー または 左[Alt] キー キー
|
||||
* タイ語— 右[Alt] キー
|
||||
|
||||
💡 Note: Many fonts do not include all characters for
|
||||
all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change
|
||||
fonts to see the characters you're trying to type.
|
||||
|
||||
画面キーボード
|
||||
|
||||
テキストツールやラベルツールで使えるオプションの「スクリーンキーボード」では、キーボードレイアウトを変えたり、文字の合成（例："a
|
||||
"と "e "を "æ
|
||||
"に合成）を行うことができます。詳細については、「各種設定について」と「Tux
|
||||
Paintの拡張」のドキュメントを参照してください。
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the
|
||||
Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of
|
||||
layouts and character composition (e.g., composing
|
||||
"a" and "e" into "æ").
|
||||
|
||||
⚙ See the "Options" and "Extending Tux Paint"
|
||||
documentation for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,12 +401,11 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
* ふで — フリーハンドでドラッグして、領域を一つの色で塗りつぶします。
|
||||
* せんけい —
|
||||
領域をクリックしてからドラッグすると、ドラッグした方向に向かって色が薄くなるようにグラデーションをつけて塗りつぶします。
|
||||
* ほうしゃ —
|
||||
クリックした場所を中心に周りに向かって放射状に色が薄くなるようにグラデーションをつけて塗りつぶします。
|
||||
* ほうしゃ — クリックした場所を中心に周りに向かって放射状に色が薄くなるようにグラデーションをつけて塗りつぶします。
|
||||
|
||||
注: Tux Paint 0.9.24
|
||||
より前のバージョンでは、このツールは「まほう」ツールのひとつでした。（「まほう」ツールについては、以下をご覧ください）
|
||||
注: Tux Paint 0.9.26 より前のバージョンでは、「たんしょく」の塗りつぶし方法しかありませんでした。
|
||||
📜 Note: Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see
|
||||
below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered
|
||||
the 'Solid' method of filling.
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -429,7 +437,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
このツールをクリックすると、直前に行った操作が取り消されます。いくつもの操作をさかのぼって取り消すことができます！
|
||||
|
||||
注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [Z] を押しても取り消しできます。
|
||||
⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [Z] を押しても取り消しできます。
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -439,7 +447,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
「とりけし」操作の後、描画を行っていなければ、取り消した全ての操作を元に戻せます！
|
||||
|
||||
注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [R] を押してもやりなおしできます。
|
||||
⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [R] を押してもやりなおしできます。
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -447,16 +455,15 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
「さいしょから」のボタンを押すと、新規に絵を描き始めることができます。ダイアログ画面が表示され、キャンバスの背景色やレイヤー画像（後述）を選べます。
|
||||
|
||||
注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [N] を押しても新規作成ができます。
|
||||
⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [N] を押しても新規作成ができます。
|
||||
|
||||
Special Solid Background Color Choices
|
||||
|
||||
Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose
|
||||
colors using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These
|
||||
operate identically to the options found in the color
|
||||
palette shown below the canvas when drawing a picture. See
|
||||
Main Screen > Lower: Colors > Special color options for
|
||||
details.
|
||||
Along with the preset solid colors, you can also choose colors
|
||||
using a rainbow palette or a "color mixer". These operate
|
||||
identically to the options found in the color palette shown
|
||||
below the canvas when drawing a picture. See Main Screen >
|
||||
Lower: Colors > Special color options for details.
|
||||
|
||||
レイヤー画像
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -480,10 +487,9 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
(または、開きたい作品をダブルクリックします）
|
||||
|
||||
* 右下にある茶色の「けす」(ゴミ箱)
|
||||
ボタンで、選択した作品を削除します。(本当に削除して良いか確認されます)
|
||||
* 右下にある茶色の「けす」(ゴミ箱) ボタンで、選択した作品を削除します。(本当に削除して良いか確認されます)
|
||||
|
||||
注: Linux（バージョン 0.9.22以降）、Windows（バージョン
|
||||
📜 注: Linux（バージョン 0.9.22以降）、Windows（バージョン
|
||||
0.9.27以降）では、削除した作品は、デスクトップのゴミ箱に移動するので、後で元に戻すことができます。
|
||||
|
||||
* 「かきだす」のボタンをクリックすると、ユーザーの標準の画像フォルダ（例："~/Pictures/TuxPaint/")に画像を出力します。
|
||||
|
|
@ -494,7 +500,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
絵を開く時に、それまで描いていた絵が保存されていなければ、保存するかどうかを確認します。(「セーブ」の項を参照。)
|
||||
|
||||
注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [O] を押しても「ひらく」ダイアログを表示できます。
|
||||
⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [O] を押しても「ひらく」ダイアログを表示できます。
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -504,14 +510,14 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
一度も保存していない作品の場合、作品のリストに新しく追加されます。(つまり、新しいファイルを作成します)
|
||||
|
||||
注: ファイル名の入力などを求めることはなく、カメラのシャッター音の効果音とともに、単に作品を保存します。
|
||||
💡 注: ファイル名の入力などを求めることはなく、カメラのシャッター音の効果音とともに、単に作品を保存します。
|
||||
|
||||
一度保存操作をした後や、「ひらく」コマンドで読みこんだ作品の場合、以前のバージョンを上書きするか、新しく追加して保存するかを確認します。
|
||||
|
||||
注: "saveover" オプション、または "saveovernew"
|
||||
⚙ 注: "saveover" オプション、または "saveovernew"
|
||||
オプションのどちらかが設定されている場合は、確認なしに保存されます。詳しくは"各種設定について"のドキュメントを参照してください。)
|
||||
|
||||
注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [S] を押しても作品を保存できます。
|
||||
⌨ 注: キーボードで [Control / ⌘] + [S] を押しても作品を保存できます。
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -524,20 +530,18 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
印刷の無効化
|
||||
|
||||
オプションで "noprint"
|
||||
を設定すれば、「いんさつ」のボタンを無効にすることができます。
|
||||
オプションで "noprint" を設定すれば、「いんさつ」のボタンを無効にすることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
|
||||
印刷機能の制限
|
||||
|
||||
オプションで "printdelay"
|
||||
を設定すれば、設定に応じた一定の時間ごとに１回だけしか印刷できなくなります。
|
||||
|
||||
例えば、設定ファイルで "printdelay=602"
|
||||
と設定すれば、1分間に1回だけ印刷ができます。
|
||||
例えば、設定ファイルで "printdelay=602" と設定すれば、1分間に1回だけ印刷ができます。
|
||||
|
||||
詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
|
||||
印刷コマンド
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -548,8 +552,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
lpr
|
||||
|
||||
このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "printcommand"
|
||||
オプションを設定することで変更できます。
|
||||
このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "printcommand" オプションを設定することで変更できます。
|
||||
|
||||
フルスクリーンモードでなければ "[Alt]"
|
||||
キーを押しながら「いんさつ」ボタンを押すと、別の印刷プログラムを起動することができます。標準の設定では、KDE
|
||||
|
|
@ -560,7 +563,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "altprintcommand"
|
||||
オプションを設定することで変更できます。
|
||||
|
||||
詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
|
||||
プリンターの設定
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -576,22 +579,20 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
"printcfg" オプションを設定すると、プリンターの設定は、ユーザーの個人フォルダの
|
||||
"printcfg.cfg" から読み込まれ、変更した設定はこのファイルに保存されます。
|
||||
|
||||
詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
|
||||
印刷ダイアログのオプション
|
||||
|
||||
標準の設定では、印刷ダイアログは、[Alt] (または [Option])
|
||||
キーを押しながら「いんさつ」ボタンを押した場合にのみ表示されます（Linux/Unixでは、"lpr"
|
||||
の代わりに "altprintcommand"; すなわち "kprinter"
|
||||
が起動します。）
|
||||
の代わりに "altprintcommand"; すなわち "kprinter" が起動します。）
|
||||
|
||||
この印刷ダイアログの動作は、設定により変更できます。毎回必ず印刷ダイアログを表示させるには、コマンドラインで
|
||||
"--altprintalways" を指定するか、設定ファイルで
|
||||
"altprint=always" を指定します。反対に、"--altprintnever"
|
||||
または "altprint=never" を指定することで、"[Alt]" (または
|
||||
"[Option]2) キーの効果を無効にできます。
|
||||
"--altprintalways" を指定するか、設定ファイルで "altprint=always"
|
||||
を指定します。反対に、"--altprintnever" または "altprint=never"
|
||||
を指定することで、"[Alt]" (または "[Option]2) キーの効果を無効にできます。
|
||||
|
||||
詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,19 +613,20 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
画面左下「かいし」の隣にあるのスライドバーで、スライドショーやアニメーションGIFのスピードを調節できます。
|
||||
スライドバーを一番左に設定すると、スライドショーの自動進行が無効になり、次のスライドに進むにはクリックが必要になります。（以下をご確認下さい）
|
||||
|
||||
注:
|
||||
💡 注:
|
||||
最も遅いスピードに設定するとスライドの自動進行が無効になります。１枚ずつ手動でスライドを進めたい場合に、この設定を用いてください。（この動作はアニメーションGIFには適用されません）
|
||||
|
||||
Tux Paint 上での再生
|
||||
|
||||
Tux
|
||||
Paint上でスライドショーを再生するには、「かいし」ボタンをクリックして下さい。(注:
|
||||
作品を一つも選択していない場合、全ての作品が表示されます。)
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the
|
||||
'Play' button.
|
||||
|
||||
スライドショーの実行中は、[Space] キー、[Enter] キー、[Return]
|
||||
キー、[右矢印] キーのいずれかを押すか、または、画面左下の "つぎへ"
|
||||
ボタンのクリックすれば、手動で次のスライドに進みます。[左矢印]
|
||||
キーを押すと前のスライドに戻ります。
|
||||
💡 Note: If you hadn't selected any images, then all
|
||||
of your saved images will be played in the slideshow!
|
||||
|
||||
スライドショーの実行中は、[Space] キー、[Enter] キー、[Return] キー、[右矢印]
|
||||
キーのいずれかを押すか、または、画面左下の "つぎへ"
|
||||
ボタンのクリックすれば、手動で次のスライドに進みます。[左矢印] キーを押すと前のスライドに戻ります。
|
||||
|
||||
[Escape]
|
||||
キーを押すか、右下の「もどる」ボタンをクリックすると、スライドショーを終了し、作品選択の画面に戻ります。
|
||||
|
|
@ -633,8 +635,11 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
右下の「かきだす」ボタンをクリックすると、選択した画像を元にアニメーションGIFファイルを生成します。
|
||||
|
||||
注:
|
||||
少なくとも２つの画像を選択する必要があります。（画像を１枚だけ書き出す場合は、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」オプションを用います）。１枚も画像を選択していない場合は、アニメーションGIFは生成されません。
|
||||
💡 Note: At least two images must be selected. (To
|
||||
export a single image, use the 'Export' option from
|
||||
the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected,
|
||||
Tux Paint will not attempt to generate a GIF based on
|
||||
all saved images.
|
||||
|
||||
アニメーションGIFの生成中に [Escape]
|
||||
キーを押すと、処理を中断して「スライドショー」ダイアログに戻ります。
|
||||
|
|
@ -653,17 +658,17 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
作品を保存していない状態で終了しようとした場合は、絵を保存するかどうかを訪ねられます。さらに、新規に作成した作品でなければ、以前のバージョンを上書きするかどうかを確認されます。(上記の
|
||||
「セーブ」の項をご覧下さい。)
|
||||
|
||||
注: "startblank" オプションが設定されている場合を除き、終了時に保存した作品は、次に Tux Paint
|
||||
⚙ 注: "startblank" オプションが設定されている場合を除き、終了時に保存した作品は、次に Tux Paint
|
||||
を起動するときに自動的に読み込まれます。
|
||||
|
||||
注: 「やめる」ボタンと [Escape] キーによるプログラム終了は、"noquit" オプションで無効にできます。
|
||||
⚙ 注: 「やめる」ボタンと [Escape] キーによるプログラム終了は、"noquit" オプションで無効にできます。
|
||||
|
||||
この場合、タイトルバーの「閉じる」ボタンか、[Alt] + [F4] キーで終了することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
また、上記のどちらの方法も使えない場合、[Shift] + [Control / ⌘] + [Escape]
|
||||
のキーの組み合わせで終了できます。
|
||||
|
||||
詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -675,6 +680,8 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
なお、"nosound" オプションによって効果音が無効にされている場合は、[Alt] + [S]
|
||||
キーによる効果音の操作はできません。（親や先生が効果音を無効にすれば、この操作で音を出すことはできないということです）
|
||||
|
||||
⚙ 詳細は "各種設定について" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
他の画像の Tux Paint への読み込み
|
||||
|
|
@ -701,7 +708,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
各ユーザーのホームディレクトリ("$HOME")の隠しディレクトリ ".tuxpaint" 以下 ― 例:
|
||||
"/home/username/.tuxpaint/saved/"。
|
||||
|
||||
注: Tux Paint
|
||||
💡 注: Tux Paint
|
||||
で作成した画像を他のアプリケーションを使って開く場合も、これらのフォルダからになります。しかしながら、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」の機能を使えば、Tux
|
||||
Paint で作成した画像を、もっと簡単で安全にアクセスできるフォルダにコピーすることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -716,8 +723,10 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
スクリプトの使用法は簡単で、コマンドプロンプトで、取り込みたい画像のファイル名を引数として実行するだけです。
|
||||
|
||||
画像は変換された後、Tux Paint の "saved" フォルダにコピーされます。(注:
|
||||
例えばお子さんなど、他のユーザーのために変換作業を行う場合は、そのユーザーのアカウントでコマンドを実行する必要があります。)
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "saved" directory.
|
||||
|
||||
💡 Note: If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child)
|
||||
you'll need to make sure to run the command under their account.)
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -727,8 +736,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
1行目 ("tuxpaint-import おばあちゃん.jpg") が実行するコマンドで、続く2行がプログラムの実行中の出力です。
|
||||
|
||||
これで、Tux Paint
|
||||
を起動して、「ひらく」ダイアログから変換した画像を開くことができます。後は、アイコンをダブルクリックするだけです！
|
||||
これで、Tux Paint を起動して、「ひらく」ダイアログから変換した画像を開くことができます。後は、アイコンをダブルクリックするだけです！
|
||||
|
||||
手動での取り込み
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -740,8 +748,8 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
Tux Paint で、描画キャンパスと異なる大きさの画像を読み込む場合、キャンバスに合うように拡大・縮小されます。
|
||||
|
||||
画像が引き伸ばされたりぼやけたりしないようにするには、キャンパスの大きさに合うようにサイズを変更します。キャンパスの大きさは、Tux
|
||||
Paint のウィンドウサイズや、フルスクリーン動作時の画面解像度に依存します。(注: 標準の解像度は 800x600 です)。 以下の
|
||||
画像が引き伸ばされたりぼやけたりしないようにするには、キャンパスの大きさに合うようにサイズを変更します。キャンパスの大きさは、Tux Paint
|
||||
のウィンドウサイズや、フルスクリーン動作時の画面解像度に依存します。(注: 標準の解像度は 800x600 です)。 以下の
|
||||
"イメージサイズの計算方法" をごらんください。
|
||||
|
||||
画像は PNG 形式で保存してください。また、以下のように、Tux Paint
|
||||
|
|
@ -828,3 +836,7 @@ Tux Paint の起動
|
|||
|
||||
もっとお知りになりたい場合、Tux Paint のウェブサイト の "私たちにご協力を" のページ
|
||||
(https://tuxpaint.org/help/) をごらん下さい
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -5,6 +5,46 @@
|
|||
はじめにお読み下さい - Tux Paint ドキュメント </title>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
|
||||
content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
|
||||
<style>
|
||||
body { font-size: large; }
|
||||
table { font-size: large; }
|
||||
div.screenshot { text-align: center; }
|
||||
div.keeptogether { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h1, h2, h3, h4 { font-family: sans; }
|
||||
h1 { color: #800; page-break-before: always; break-before: always; }
|
||||
h2 { color: #440; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 { color: #080; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 { color: #008; page-break-after: avoid; break-after: avoid; }
|
||||
h1 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h2 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h3 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
h4 + p { page-break-inside: avoid; }
|
||||
dt {
|
||||
font-size: large;
|
||||
color: #404;
|
||||
font-family: sans;
|
||||
margin-top: 1em;
|
||||
margin-bottom: 0.25em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dd, blockquote {
|
||||
border-left: 1px solid #888;
|
||||
padding-left: 1em;
|
||||
border-radius: 0 0 0 1em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p.note {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #000;
|
||||
background-color: #eee;
|
||||
border-radius: 0.5em;
|
||||
padding: 0.5em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@media print {
|
||||
p {
|
||||
orphans: 3;
|
||||
widows: 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
text="#000000"
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,7 +52,7 @@
|
|||
vlink="#FF0000"
|
||||
alink="#FF00FF">
|
||||
<center>
|
||||
<h1>
|
||||
<h1 style="page-break-before: avoid;">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.png"
|
||||
width="205"
|
||||
height="210"
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,16 +69,14 @@
|
|||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
2022年2月23日 </p>
|
||||
2022年2月24日 </p>
|
||||
</center>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<table border="2"
|
||||
cellspacing="0"
|
||||
cellpadding="2"
|
||||
summary="目次">
|
||||
summary="目次"
|
||||
align="center">
|
||||
<tr>
|
||||
<th>
|
||||
目次 </th>
|
||||
|
|
@ -109,7 +147,6 @@
|
|||
id="about">Tux Paint について</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
"Tux Paint" とは？ </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +156,7 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
ライセンス: </h2>
|
||||
著作権 </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,40 +167,45 @@
|
|||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
目指していること: </h2>
|
||||
Objectives </h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>簡単に、そして楽しく</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint は、一般向けの描画ツールではなく、小さな子供のためのシンプルなお絵かきソフトとなることを目指して、<em>楽しく容易に使えるように</em>作られています。効果音とマスコットキャラクターが、プログラムの操作をわかりやすく教えてくれるとともに、ユーザーを楽しませてくれます。また、大きくて見やすいイラスト調のマウスポインターを採用しています。 </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>拡張性</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint は、機能を拡張することができます。「ふで」や「はんこ」は、追加や削除が可能です。例えば、授業では、様々な生き物の画像を追加しておいて、生徒に生態系を描かせるといったことができます。それぞれの「はんこ」には、選択時に流れる音声、表示される説明文を設定できます。 </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>移植性</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
Tux Paint は、Windows, Macintosh, Linux など、様々なプラットフォームに移植されており、どのプラットフォームでも見た目や使い方は変わりません。Tux Paint は、Pentium 133のような旧式のシステムでもうまく動作し、さらに遅いシステムでも動作するように構築することもできます。 </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>簡単な操作</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
ユーザーは、コンピューターの複雑な機能に直接触れる必要がありません。描画中の作品は、プログラム終了時に保存され、再開時に表示されます。作品を保存するために、ファイル名をつけたりキーボードを使う必要はありません。保存された作品は、縮小画像の一覧から選択するだけで読み込むことができ、コンピューターの他のファイルにアクセスすることはありません。 </dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,13 +215,11 @@
|
|||
id="using">Tux Paint の使い方</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a name="using_loading"
|
||||
id="using_loading">Tux Paint の起動</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
Linux または Unix のユーザー </h3>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,12 +227,14 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
KDE あるいは GNOME のメニューの「グラフィックス」以下に、起動アイコンが設定されているはずです。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
その他、シェルプロンプト（例："<code>$</code>"）で次のコマンドを実行する方法があります： </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<code>$ tuxpaint</code>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
エラーが発生した場合は、端末にその内容が表示されます。（標準エラー出力） </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +275,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
ZIP ファイルを用いた場合、「Tux Paint」のフォルダは、任意の場所に配置できます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,7 +287,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
"<code>Tux Paint</code>" のアイコンをダブルクリックします。 </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,20 +296,18 @@
|
|||
id="using_title">起動画面</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint を起動すると、タイトル画面が表示されます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tuxpaint-title.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[起動画面]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
プログラムの読み込みが完了すると、何かキーを押すかマウスのクリックにより次に進みます。（タイトル画面は、約5秒後に自動的に閉じます） </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,8 +317,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_main">メインの画面</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
メインの画面は、次の各部に分けられます： <dl>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
メインの画面は、次の各部に分けられます： </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>左側: ツールバー「どうぐ」</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,15 +331,17 @@
|
|||
ツールバーには、描画や編集を行うためのアイコンがあります。 </p>
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Update screenshot to add "Fill" tool -->
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tools.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[どうぐ: ふで, はんこ, せん, かたち, もじ, まほう, ラベル, とりけし, やりなおし, けしゴム, さいしょから, ひらく, セーブ, いんさつ, やめる]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>中央部: 描画キャンバス</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,17 +350,18 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
中央部の最も広い領域が描画キャンバスです。ここが絵を描く部分になります！ </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/canvas.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt="[描画キャンバス]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> 描画キャンバスのサイズは、Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズに応じて変わります。Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズは、<em>Tux Paint 設定ツール</em>を用いて変更できます。その他の方法については、<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>のドキュメントを参照してください。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>注:</strong> 描画キャンバスのサイズは、Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズに応じて変わります。Tux Paint のウィンドウサイズは、<em>Tux Paint 設定ツール</em>を用いて変更できます。その他の方法については、<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>のドキュメントを参照してください。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>右側: セレクタ</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,15 +370,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
セレクタに表示される内容は、使用しているツールに応じて変わります。例えば、「ふで」ツールでは、様々な種類の筆が表示され、「はんこ」ツールでは、はんこの画像が表示されます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/selector.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[セレクタ - ふで、もじ、かたち、はんこ]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>下部: カラーパレット「いろ」</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -343,13 +388,13 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
キャンバスの下側には、描画色を選択するためのカラーパレットがあります。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/colors.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"[いろ - いろ - くろ、しろ、あか、ぴんく、おれんじ、きいろ、みどり、みずいろ、あお、むらさき、ちゃいろ、はいいろ]">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p id="special_color_options">
|
||||
On the far right are three special color options: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,10 +406,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
When the active tool supports colors, a shortcut may be used to access the "color picker" option more quickly. Hold the <b><code>[Control]</code></b> key while clicking, and the color under the mouse cursor will be shown at the bottom. You may drag around to canvas to find the color you want. When you release the mouse button, the color under the cursor will be selected. If you release the mouse outside of the canvas (e.g., over the "Tools" area), the color selection will be left unchanged. (This is similar to clicking the"Back" button that's available when bringing up the "color picker" option via its button the color palette.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
（<strong>注:</strong> カラーパレットの色は好みに応じて変更できます。変更方法については、"<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>"のドキュメントを参照してください。） </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note:</strong> You can define your own colors for Tux Paint. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="keeptogether">
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>最下部: ヘルプエリア</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,16 +420,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
画面の一番下の部分では、Linux ペンギンの <em>Tux</em> が、様々なヒントや関連情報をご提供します。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tips.jpg"
|
||||
width="324"
|
||||
height="254"
|
||||
alt=
|
||||
"(「かたち」ツールの使い方を説明している例)">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,13 +439,11 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools">各種のツール</a>
|
||||
</h2>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<h3>
|
||||
<a name="using_tools_drawing"
|
||||
id="using_tools_drawing">描画ツール</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>ペイントブラシ「ふで」</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -427,14 +472,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
描画中にはサウンドが流れます。筆の大きさが大きいほど、低い音になります。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_paint.png"
|
||||
width="120"
|
||||
height="95"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Brush Spacing</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,15 +486,15 @@
|
|||
The space between each position where a brush is applied to the canvas can vary. Some brushes (such as the footprints and flower) are spaced, by default, far enough apart that they don't overlap. Other brushes (such as the basic circular ones) are spaced closely, so they make a continuous stroke. </p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The default spacing of brushes may be overridden using by clicking within the triangular-shaped series of bars at the bottom right; the larger the bar, the wider the spacing. Brush spacing affects both tools that use the brushes: the "Paint" tool and the "Lines" tool. </p>
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(<strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation.) </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nobrushspacing</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the brush spacing controls. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,12 +516,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
マウスのカーソル動きに応じて画像の輪郭が表示され、貼り付け位置と大きさがわかります。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_stamps.png"
|
||||
width="182"
|
||||
height="156"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_categories.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
|
|
@ -498,13 +542,13 @@
|
|||
<li>多くのスタンプは、右下の操作ボタンを使って、上下・左右に反転させることができます。 </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_stamp_controls.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="96"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/tool_sfx.png"
|
||||
width="48"
|
||||
height="24"
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,8 +557,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
個々のスタンプごとに効果音を設定することができます。画面下部の左側のヘルプエリア（Linux ペンギン "<em>Tux</em>"の近く）にあるボタンを押すと、効果音を再生することができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
（<strong>注:</strong> "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" オプションが設定されると、スタンプの拡大・縮小、反転が無効になります。詳しくは"<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>"のドキュメントを参照してください。） </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If the "<code>nostampcontrols</code>" option is set, Tux Paint won't display the Mirror, Flip, Shrink and Grow controls for stamps. See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,14 +587,13 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Different brushes have different spacing, leaving either a series of individual shapes, or a continuous stroke of the brush shape. Brush spacing may be adjusted. See "Paint", above, to learn more. </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_lines.png"
|
||||
width="76"
|
||||
height="103"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -580,18 +623,22 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
最初にクリックした位置を中心として図形を拡大します。（Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.24 までは、この動作しかありませんでした。） </dd>
|
||||
The shape will expand from where you initially clicked, and will be centered around that position. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This was Tux Paint's only behavior through version 0.9.24.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>角から広げる</strong>
|
||||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
最初にクリックした位置を左上の角として図形を拡大します。これは、他の多くのお絵かきソフトの標準的な動作です。（Tux Paint バージョン 0.9.25 以降で追加されたオプション） </dd>
|
||||
The shape will extend with one corner starting from where you initially clicked. This is the default method of most other traditional drawing software. <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> This option was added starting with Tux Paint version 0.9.25.) </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> "<code>noshapecontrols</code>" オプションをつけて起動するなどして、「かたち」ツールの動作の制御を無効にした場合、オプションボタンは表示されず、真ん中から図形を広げる動作になります。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>注:</strong> "<code>noshapecontrols</code>" オプションをつけて起動するなどして、「かたち」ツールの動作の制御を無効にした場合、オプションボタンは表示されず、真ん中から図形を広げる動作になります。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
図形を描くには、キャンバス上でマウスをクリックし、そのままマウスを動かして図形を広げます。楕円や長方形のように縦横比を変えられる図形と、正方形や円のように縦横比を変えられない図形があります。 </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -620,16 +667,17 @@
|
|||
</dt>
|
||||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
簡易図形モード("<code>simpleshapes</code>" オプション)が設定されている場合、図形を回転させる手順は省略され、マウスを放した時点で図形が描画されます。 </dd>
|
||||
If the "simple shapes" option is enabled, the shape will be drawn on the canvas when you let go of the mouse button. (There's no rotation step.) <p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" documentation to learn about the "simple shapes" ("<code>simpleshapes</code>") option. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_shapes.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="104"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -656,12 +704,12 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
文字の入力中に別の場所をクリックすると、入力内容を維持したまま、文字を貼り付ける位置をクリックした位置に移動させ、文字入力を続けることができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/ex_text.png"
|
||||
width="139"
|
||||
height="69"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -681,8 +729,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
You may "apply" a label to the canvas, painting the text into the picture as if it had been added using the <strong>Text</strong> tool, by clicking the label application button. (This feature was added in Tux Paint version 0.9.28.) All labels in the drawing will appear highlighted, and you select one just as you do when selecting a label to edit. The chosen label will be removed, and the text will be added directly to the canvas. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>「ラベル」</strong>ツールは、<em>Tux Paint 設定ツール</em>や、"<code>nolabel</code>"オプションにより、無効にすることができます。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>「ラベル」</strong>ツールは、<em>Tux Paint 設定ツール</em>や、"<code>nolabel</code>"オプションにより、無効にすることができます。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -697,7 +745,7 @@
|
|||
Tux Paint が、個別の入力モードがサポートされている言語に設定されている場合、特定のキーを押下することで、入力モードを切り替えることができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
個別の入力モードがサポートされている言語と、入力モード切替キーは以下のとおりです。<strong>注：</strong> 大抵のフォントには全ての言語の全ての文字は含まれていません。このため、入力したい文字が含まれるフォントに変更する必要がある場合があります。 </p>
|
||||
Currently supported locales, the input methods available, and the key to toggle or cycle modes, are listed below. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>日本語— ローマ字入力方式のひらがな、カタカナ— 右<code><b>[Alt]</b></code> キー </li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,6 +756,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<li>タイ語— 右<code><b>[Alt]</b></code> キー </li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Many fonts do not include all characters for all languages, so sometimes you'll need to change fonts to see the characters you're trying to type. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -716,7 +768,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
テキストツールやラベルツールで使えるオプションの「スクリーンキーボード」では、キーボードレイアウトを変えたり、文字の合成（例："a "と "e "を "æ "に合成）を行うことができます。詳細については、「<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>」と「<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Tux Paintの拡張</em></a>」のドキュメントを参照してください。 </p>
|
||||
An optional on-screen keyboard is available for the Text and Label tools, which can provide a variety of layouts and character composition (e.g., composing "a" and "e" into "æ"). </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> See the "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>Options</em></a>" and "<a href="EXTENDING.html"><em>Extending Tux Paint</em></a>" documentation for more information. </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -744,8 +798,8 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
注: Tux Paint 0.9.24 より前のバージョンでは、このツールは「まほう」ツールのひとつでした。（「まほう」ツールについては、以下をご覧ください） 注: Tux Paint 0.9.26 より前のバージョンでは、「たんしょく」の塗りつぶし方法しかありませんでした。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>Note:</strong> Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.24, "Fill" was a Magic tool (see below). Prior to Tux Paint 0.9.26, the "Fill" tool only offered the 'Solid' method of filling. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -765,7 +819,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
クリック＋ドラッグを使用するツールの場合、右側のセレクタの下部左側にある「描画」を表すボタンが有効になります。１クリックで画面全体に効果を及ぼすツールの場合、右側の「画面全体」を表すボタンが有効になります。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
「magic-docs」フォルダ内のドキュメント<a href="../magic-docs/html/index.html">「まほう」ツールの一覧</a>もお読みください。 </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -794,10 +847,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
消している間、「キュッキュッ」と擦って消す効果音が流れます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -807,7 +858,6 @@
|
|||
id="using_tools_other">そのほかの操作</a>
|
||||
</h3>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<dl>
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
<strong>「とりけし」</strong>
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,9 +872,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
このツールをクリックすると、直前に行った操作が取り消されます。いくつもの操作をさかのぼって取り消すことができます！ </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> を押しても取り消しできます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[Z]</b></code> を押しても取り消しできます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -845,9 +894,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
「とりけし」操作の後、描画を行っていなければ、取り消した全ての操作を元に戻せます！ </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> を押してもやりなおしできます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[R]</b></code> を押してもやりなおしできます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -865,8 +913,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
「さいしょから」のボタンを押すと、新規に絵を描き始めることができます。ダイアログ画面が表示され、キャンバスの背景色やレイヤー画像（後述）を選べます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> を押しても新規作成ができます。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[N]</b></code> を押しても新規作成ができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Special Solid Background Color Choices</strong>
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -888,7 +936,6 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
レイヤー画像は、その上に絵を描いて保存すると新しい絵として保存され、元々のレイヤー画像自体は上書きされないので、後で（「さいしょから」ダイアログからアクセスして）何度でも使うことができます。 </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -905,14 +952,13 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
「ひらく」をクリックすると、保存されている全ての作品のリストが表示されます。リストが画面に収まりきらない場合は、上下の矢印のボタンでリストをスクロールできます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/open_dialog.jpg"
|
||||
width="194"
|
||||
height="152"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
まず、絵をクリックして選択します… </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -930,7 +976,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
(または、開きたい作品をダブルクリックします） </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,9 +987,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
右下にある茶色の「けす」(ゴミ箱) ボタンで、選択した作品を削除します。(本当に削除して良いか確認されます) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> Linux（バージョン 0.9.22以降）、Windows（バージョン 0.9.27以降）では、削除した作品は、デスクトップのゴミ箱に移動するので、後で元に戻すことができます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Version variation">📜</span> <strong>注:</strong> Linux（バージョン 0.9.22以降）、Windows（バージョン 0.9.27以降）では、削除した作品は、デスクトップのゴミ箱に移動するので、後で元に戻すことができます。 </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +999,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
「かきだす」のボタンをクリックすると、ユーザーの標準の画像フォルダ（例："<code>~/Pictures/TuxPaint/</code>")に画像を出力します。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,7 +1009,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
左側の一番下にある青色の「スライドショー」のボタンを押すと、スライドショーモードになります。詳しくは「<a href="#slides">スライドショー</a>」の項をごらん下さい。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
|
|
@ -977,7 +1019,6 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
右下にある赤色の「もどる」ボタンを押すと、絵を描く画面に戻ります。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
|
@ -985,9 +1026,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
絵を開く時に、それまで描いていた絵が保存されていなければ、保存するかどうかを確認します。(「<a href="#save">セーブ</a>」の項を参照。) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> を押しても「ひらく」ダイアログを表示できます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[O]</b></code> を押しても「ひらく」ダイアログを表示できます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,25 +1049,24 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
一度も保存していない作品の場合、作品のリストに新しく追加されます。(つまり、新しいファイルを作成します) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> ファイル名の入力などを求めることはなく、カメラのシャッター音の効果音とともに、単に作品を保存します。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>注:</strong> ファイル名の入力などを求めることはなく、カメラのシャッター音の効果音とともに、単に作品を保存します。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
一度保存操作をした後や、「ひらく」コマンドで読みこんだ作品の場合、以前のバージョンを上書きするか、新しく追加して保存するかを確認します。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src="../../html/images/saveover.png"
|
||||
width="177"
|
||||
height="110"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> "<code>saveover</code>" オプション、または "<code>saveovernew</code>" オプションのどちらかが設定されている場合は、確認なしに保存されます。詳しくは"<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>"のドキュメントを参照してください。) </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>注:</strong> "<code>saveover</code>" オプション、または "<code>saveovernew</code>" オプションのどちらかが設定されている場合は、確認なしに保存されます。詳しくは"<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>"のドキュメントを参照してください。) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> を押しても作品を保存できます。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Keyboard shortcut">⌨</span> <strong>注:</strong> キーボードで <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <code><b>[S]</b></code> を押しても作品を保存できます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1057,8 +1096,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
オプションで "<code>noprint</code>" を設定すれば、「いんさつ」のボタンを無効にすることができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> 詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1072,8 +1111,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
例えば、設定ファイルで "<code>printdelay=60</code>2" と設定すれば、1分間に1回だけ印刷ができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> 詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1105,8 +1144,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
このコマンドは、設定ファイルの "<code>altprintcommand</code>" オプションを設定することで変更できます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> 詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1130,8 +1169,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
"<code>printcfg</code>" オプションを設定すると、プリンターの設定は、ユーザーの個人フォルダの "<code>printcfg.cfg</code>" から読み込まれ、変更した設定はこのファイルに保存されます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> 詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1145,11 +1184,10 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
この印刷ダイアログの動作は、設定により変更できます。毎回必ず印刷ダイアログを表示させるには、コマンドラインで "<code>--altprintalways</code>" を指定するか、設定ファイルで "<code>altprint=always</code>" を指定します。反対に、"<code>--altprintnever</code>" または "<code>altprint=never</code>" を指定することで、"<b><code>[Alt]</code></b>" (または "<b><code>[Option]</code></b>2) キーの効果を無効にできます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> 詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1192,16 +1230,16 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
画面左下「かいし」の隣にあるのスライドバーで、スライドショーやアニメーションGIFのスピードを調節できます。 スライドバーを一番左に設定すると、スライドショーの自動進行が無効になり、次のスライドに進むにはクリックが必要になります。（以下をご確認下さい） </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> 最も遅いスピードに設定するとスライドの自動進行が無効になります。１枚ずつ手動でスライドを進めたい場合に、この設定を用いてください。（この動作はアニメーションGIFには適用されません） </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>注:</strong> 最も遅いスピードに設定するとスライドの自動進行が無効になります。１枚ずつ手動でスライドを進めたい場合に、この設定を用いてください。（この動作はアニメーションGIFには適用されません） </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">
|
||||
<div class="screenshot">
|
||||
<img src=
|
||||
"../../html/images/tool_slider.png"
|
||||
width="96"
|
||||
height="48"
|
||||
alt="">
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
||||
<dt>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1210,7 +1248,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<dd>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint上でスライドショーを再生するには、「かいし」ボタンをクリックして下さい。(注: 作品を一つも選択していない場合、全ての作品が表示されます。) </p>
|
||||
To play a slideshow within Tux Paint, click the 'Play' button. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note</strong>: If you hadn't selected any images, then <em>all</em> of your saved images will be played in the slideshow! </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
スライドショーの実行中は、<b><code>[Space]</code></b> キー、<b><code>[Enter]</code></b> キー、<b><code>[Return]</code></b> キー、<b><code>[右矢印]</code></b> キーのいずれかを押すか、または、画面左下の "つぎへ" ボタンのクリックすれば、手動で次のスライドに進みます。<b><code>[左矢印]</code></b> キーを押すと前のスライドに戻ります。 </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1233,18 +1274,16 @@
|
|||
align="right">
|
||||
右下の「かきだす」ボタンをクリックすると、選択した画像を元にアニメーションGIFファイルを生成します。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> 少なくとも２つの画像を選択する必要があります。（画像を１枚だけ書き出す場合は、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」オプションを用います）。１枚も画像を選択していない場合は、アニメーションGIFは生成されません。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> At least two images must be selected. (To export a single image, use the 'Export' option from the main 'Open' dialog.) If no images are selected, Tux Paint will <em>not</em> attempt to generate a GIF based on all saved images. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
アニメーションGIFの生成中に <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> キーを押すと、処理を中断して「スライドショー」ダイアログに戻ります。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
さらに「もどる」ボタンをクリックすれば、「ひらく」ダイアログに戻ります。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1268,11 +1307,11 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
作品を保存していない状態で終了しようとした場合は、絵を保存するかどうかを訪ねられます。さらに、新規に作成した作品でなければ、以前のバージョンを上書きするかどうかを確認されます。(上記の <a href="#save">「セーブ」</a>の項をご覧下さい。) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> "<code>startblank</code>" オプションが設定されている場合を除き、終了時に保存した作品は、次に Tux Paint を起動するときに自動的に読み込まれます。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>注:</strong> "<code>startblank</code>" オプションが設定されている場合を除き、終了時に保存した作品は、次に Tux Paint を起動するときに自動的に読み込まれます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> 「やめる」ボタンと <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> キーによるプログラム終了は、"<code>noquit</code>" オプションで無効にできます。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> <strong>注:</strong> 「やめる」ボタンと <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> キーによるプログラム終了は、"<code>noquit</code>" オプションで無効にできます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
この場合、タイトルバーの「閉じる」ボタンか、<b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[F4]</code></b> キーで終了することができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,9 +1319,8 @@
|
|||
<p>
|
||||
また、上記のどちらの方法も使えない場合、<b><code>[Shift]</code></b> + <b><code>[Control / ⌘]</code></b> + <b><code>[Escape]</code></b> のキーの組み合わせで終了できます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
<br clear="all">
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> 詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="1">
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1297,11 +1335,11 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
なお、"<code>nosound</code>" オプションによって効果音が無効にされている場合は、<b><code>[Alt]</code></b> + <b><code>[S]</code></b> キーによる効果音の操作はできません。（親や先生が効果音を無効にすれば、この操作で音を出すことはできないということです） </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Configuration option">⚙</span> 詳細は "<a href="OPTIONS.html"><em>各種設定について</em></a>" のドキュメントを参照して下さい。 </p>
|
||||
</dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1311,7 +1349,6 @@
|
|||
id="loading_into">他の画像の Tux Paint への読み込み</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Tux Paint の「ひらく」ダイアログでは、Tux Paint で作成した画像だけが表示されます。その他の画像や写真を読み込んで編集するにはどのようにすれば良いでしょうか？ </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1348,8 +1385,8 @@
|
|||
各ユーザーのホームディレクトリ("<code>$HOME</code>")の隠しディレクトリ "<code>.tuxpaint</code>" 以下 ― 例: "<code>/home/<em>username</em>/.tuxpaint/saved/</code>"。 </dd>
|
||||
</dl>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<strong>注:</strong> Tux Paint で作成した画像を<em>他のアプリケーションを使って</em>開く場合も、これらのフォルダからになります。しかしながら、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」の機能を使えば、Tux Paint で作成した画像を、もっと簡単で安全にアクセスできるフォルダにコピーすることができます。 </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>注:</strong> Tux Paint で作成した画像を<em>他のアプリケーションを使って</em>開く場合も、これらのフォルダからになります。しかしながら、「ひらく」ダイアログの「かきだす」の機能を使えば、Tux Paint で作成した画像を、もっと簡単で安全にアクセスできるフォルダにコピーすることができます。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
"<code>tuxpaint-import</code>" スクリプトを使う </h2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1365,7 +1402,9 @@
|
|||
スクリプトの使用法は簡単で、コマンドプロンプトで、取り込みたい画像のファイル名を引数として実行するだけです。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
画像は変換された後、Tux Paint の "<code>saved</code>" フォルダにコピーされます。(注: 例えばお子さんなど、他のユーザーのために変換作業を行う場合は、<em>そのユーザーのアカウントで</em>コマンドを実行する必要があります。) </p>
|
||||
They will be converted and placed in your Tux Paint "<code>saved</code>" directory. </p>
|
||||
<p class="note">
|
||||
<span title="Information">💡</span> <strong>Note:</strong> If you're doing this for a different user (e.g., your child) you'll need to make sure to run the command under <em>their</em> account.) </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
Example: </p>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1430,7 +1469,6 @@
|
|||
This part of the documentation needs to be rewritten, since the new "<code>buttonsize</code>" option was added. For now, try drawing and saving an image within Tux Paint, then determine what size (pixel width and height) it came out to, and try to match that when scaling the picture(s) you're importing into Tux Paint. </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1440,7 +1478,6 @@
|
|||
id="further">その他のドキュメント</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
このドキュメントの他、"<code>docs</code>" フォルダには、次のようなドキュメントがあります： <ul>
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
Using Tux Paint: <ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1498,7 +1535,6 @@
|
|||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1508,7 +1544,6 @@
|
|||
id="help">お問い合わせ先</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
お困りのことがある場合、Tux Paint の開発者や他のユーザーとコミュニケーションをとるための多くの方法があります。 </p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1519,7 +1554,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
もっとお知りになりたい場合、Tux Paint のウェブサイト の "連絡先" のページ (<a href="https://tuxpaint.org/contact/">https://tuxpaint.org/contact/</a>) をごらん下さい </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1529,7 +1563,6 @@
|
|||
id="participate">プロジェクトへの参加</a>
|
||||
</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
タックスペイントはボランティア主導のプロジェクトであり、様々な形でのご協力を受け付けています。 </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1544,6 +1577,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
もっとお知りになりたい場合、Tux Paint のウェブサイト の "私たちにご協力を" のページ (<a href="https://tuxpaint.org/help/">https://tuxpaint.org/help/</a>) をごらん下さい </p>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<hr size="2"
|
||||
noshade>
|
||||
|
||||
<p align="center">###</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue